summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/dependencies/include/imgui/imgui.h
blob: 0160c7085c0ec982377005af63b563feb1c41af6 (plain)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
// dear imgui, v1.89 WIP
// (headers)

// Help:
// - Read FAQ at http://dearimgui.org/faq
// - Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' in imgui.cpp for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase.
// - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp. All applications in examples/ are doing that.
// Read imgui.cpp for details, links and comments.

// Resources:
// - FAQ                   http://dearimgui.org/faq
// - Homepage & latest     https://github.com/ocornut/imgui
// - Releases & changelog  https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases
// - Gallery               https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/5243 (please post your screenshots/video there!)
// - Wiki                  https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there)
// - Glossary              https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary
// - Issues & support      https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues

// Getting Started?
// - For first-time users having issues compiling/linking/running or issues loading fonts:
//   please post in https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions if you cannot find a solution in resources above.

/*

Index of this file:
// [SECTION] Header mess
// [SECTION] Forward declarations and basic types
// [SECTION] Dear ImGui end-user API functions
// [SECTION] Flags & Enumerations
// [SECTION] Helpers: Memory allocations macros, ImVector<>
// [SECTION] ImGuiStyle
// [SECTION] ImGuiIO
// [SECTION] Misc data structures (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData, ImGuiSizeCallbackData, ImGuiWindowClass, ImGuiPayload, ImGuiTableSortSpecs, ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs)
// [SECTION] Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, ImColor)
// [SECTION] Drawing API (ImDrawCallback, ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawFlags, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData)
// [SECTION] Font API (ImFontConfig, ImFontGlyph, ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder, ImFontAtlasFlags, ImFontAtlas, ImFont)
// [SECTION] Viewports (ImGuiViewportFlags, ImGuiViewport)
// [SECTION] Platform Dependent Interfaces (ImGuiPlatformIO, ImGuiPlatformMonitor, ImGuiPlatformImeData)
// [SECTION] Obsolete functions and types

*/

#pragma once

// Configuration file with compile-time options (edit imconfig.h or '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "myfilename.h" from your build system')
#ifdef IMGUI_USER_CONFIG
#include IMGUI_USER_CONFIG
#endif
#if !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_INCLUDE_IMCONFIG_H) || defined(IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMCONFIG_H)
#include "imconfig.h"
#endif

#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Header mess
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

// Includes
#include <float.h>                  // FLT_MIN, FLT_MAX
#include <stdarg.h>                 // va_list, va_start, va_end
#include <stddef.h>                 // ptrdiff_t, NULL
#include <string.h>                 // memset, memmove, memcpy, strlen, strchr, strcpy, strcmp

// Version
// (Integer encoded as XYYZZ for use in #if preprocessor conditionals. Work in progress versions typically starts at XYY99 then bounce up to XYY00, XYY01 etc. when release tagging happens)
#define IMGUI_VERSION               "1.89 WIP"
#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM           18804
#define IMGUI_CHECKVERSION()        ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(IMGUI_VERSION, sizeof(ImGuiIO), sizeof(ImGuiStyle), sizeof(ImVec2), sizeof(ImVec4), sizeof(ImDrawVert), sizeof(ImDrawIdx))
#define IMGUI_HAS_TABLE
#define IMGUI_HAS_VIEWPORT          // Viewport WIP branch
#define IMGUI_HAS_DOCK              // Docking WIP branch

// Define attributes of all API symbols declarations (e.g. for DLL under Windows)
// IMGUI_API is used for core imgui functions, IMGUI_IMPL_API is used for the default backends files (imgui_impl_xxx.h)
// Using dear imgui via a shared library is not recommended, because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility (also function call overhead, as dear imgui is a call-heavy API)
#ifndef IMGUI_API
#define IMGUI_API
#endif
#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_API
#define IMGUI_IMPL_API              IMGUI_API
#endif

// Helper Macros
#ifndef IM_ASSERT
#include <assert.h>
#define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR)            assert(_EXPR)                               // You can override the default assert handler by editing imconfig.h
#endif
#define IM_ARRAYSIZE(_ARR)          ((int)(sizeof(_ARR) / sizeof(*(_ARR))))     // Size of a static C-style array. Don't use on pointers!
#define IM_UNUSED(_VAR)             ((void)(_VAR))                              // Used to silence "unused variable warnings". Often useful as asserts may be stripped out from final builds.
#define IM_OFFSETOF(_TYPE,_MEMBER)  offsetof(_TYPE, _MEMBER)                    // Offset of _MEMBER within _TYPE. Standardized as offsetof() in C++11

// Helper Macros - IM_FMTARGS, IM_FMTLIST: Apply printf-style warnings to our formatting functions.
#if !defined(IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF) && defined(__MINGW32__) && !defined(__clang__)
#define IM_FMTARGS(FMT)             __attribute__((format(gnu_printf, FMT, FMT+1)))
#define IM_FMTLIST(FMT)             __attribute__((format(gnu_printf, FMT, 0)))
#elif !defined(IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF) && (defined(__clang__) || defined(__GNUC__))
#define IM_FMTARGS(FMT)             __attribute__((format(printf, FMT, FMT+1)))
#define IM_FMTLIST(FMT)             __attribute__((format(printf, FMT, 0)))
#else
#define IM_FMTARGS(FMT)
#define IM_FMTLIST(FMT)
#endif

// Disable some of MSVC most aggressive Debug runtime checks in function header/footer (used in some simple/low-level functions)
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__)  && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && !defined(IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID)
#define IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF      __pragma(runtime_checks("",off))     __pragma(check_stack(off)) __pragma(strict_gs_check(push,off))
#define IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE  __pragma(runtime_checks("",restore)) __pragma(check_stack())    __pragma(strict_gs_check(pop))
#else
#define IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
#define IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
#endif

// Warnings
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#pragma warning (push)
#pragma warning (disable: 26495)    // [Static Analyzer] Variable 'XXX' is uninitialized. Always initialize a member variable (type.6).
#endif
#if defined(__clang__)
#pragma clang diagnostic push
#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"
#if __has_warning("-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant")
#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"
#endif
#elif defined(__GNUC__)
#pragma GCC diagnostic push
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas"          // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess"  // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead
#endif

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Forward declarations and basic types
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

// Forward declarations
struct ImDrawChannel;               // Temporary storage to output draw commands out of order, used by ImDrawListSplitter and ImDrawList::ChannelsSplit()
struct ImDrawCmd;                   // A single draw command within a parent ImDrawList (generally maps to 1 GPU draw call, unless it is a callback)
struct ImDrawData;                  // All draw command lists required to render the frame + pos/size coordinates to use for the projection matrix.
struct ImDrawList;                  // A single draw command list (generally one per window, conceptually you may see this as a dynamic "mesh" builder)
struct ImDrawListSharedData;        // Data shared among multiple draw lists (typically owned by parent ImGui context, but you may create one yourself)
struct ImDrawListSplitter;          // Helper to split a draw list into different layers which can be drawn into out of order, then flattened back.
struct ImDrawVert;                  // A single vertex (pos + uv + col = 20 bytes by default. Override layout with IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT)
struct ImFont;                      // Runtime data for a single font within a parent ImFontAtlas
struct ImFontAtlas;                 // Runtime data for multiple fonts, bake multiple fonts into a single texture, TTF/OTF font loader
struct ImFontBuilderIO;             // Opaque interface to a font builder (stb_truetype or FreeType).
struct ImFontConfig;                // Configuration data when adding a font or merging fonts
struct ImFontGlyph;                 // A single font glyph (code point + coordinates within in ImFontAtlas + offset)
struct ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder;    // Helper to build glyph ranges from text/string data
struct ImColor;                     // Helper functions to create a color that can be converted to either u32 or float4 (*OBSOLETE* please avoid using)
struct ImGuiContext;                // Dear ImGui context (opaque structure, unless including imgui_internal.h)
struct ImGuiIO;                     // Main configuration and I/O between your application and ImGui
struct ImGuiInputTextCallbackData;  // Shared state of InputText() when using custom ImGuiInputTextCallback (rare/advanced use)
struct ImGuiKeyData;                // Storage for ImGuiIO and IsKeyDown(), IsKeyPressed() etc functions.
struct ImGuiListClipper;            // Helper to manually clip large list of items
struct ImGuiOnceUponAFrame;         // Helper for running a block of code not more than once a frame
struct ImGuiPayload;                // User data payload for drag and drop operations
struct ImGuiPlatformIO;             // Multi-viewport support: interface for Platform/Renderer backends + viewports to render
struct ImGuiPlatformMonitor;        // Multi-viewport support: user-provided bounds for each connected monitor/display. Used when positioning popups and tooltips to avoid them straddling monitors
struct ImGuiPlatformImeData;        // Platform IME data for io.SetPlatformImeDataFn() function.
struct ImGuiSizeCallbackData;       // Callback data when using SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() (rare/advanced use)
struct ImGuiStorage;                // Helper for key->value storage
struct ImGuiStyle;                  // Runtime data for styling/colors
struct ImGuiTableSortSpecs;         // Sorting specifications for a table (often handling sort specs for a single column, occasionally more)
struct ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs;   // Sorting specification for one column of a table
struct ImGuiTextBuffer;             // Helper to hold and append into a text buffer (~string builder)
struct ImGuiTextFilter;             // Helper to parse and apply text filters (e.g. "aaaaa[,bbbbb][,ccccc]")
struct ImGuiViewport;               // A Platform Window (always 1 unless multi-viewport are enabled. One per platform window to output to). In the future may represent Platform Monitor
struct ImGuiWindowClass;            // Window class (rare/advanced uses: provide hints to the platform backend via altered viewport flags and parent/child info)

// Enums/Flags (declared as int for compatibility with old C++, to allow using as flags without overhead, and to not pollute the top of this file)
// - Tip: Use your programming IDE navigation facilities on the names in the _central column_ below to find the actual flags/enum lists!
//   In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot.
//   With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments.
typedef int ImGuiCol;               // -> enum ImGuiCol_             // Enum: A color identifier for styling
typedef int ImGuiCond;              // -> enum ImGuiCond_            // Enum: A condition for many Set*() functions
typedef int ImGuiDataType;          // -> enum ImGuiDataType_        // Enum: A primary data type
typedef int ImGuiDir;               // -> enum ImGuiDir_             // Enum: A cardinal direction
typedef int ImGuiKey;               // -> enum ImGuiKey_             // Enum: A key identifier
typedef int ImGuiMouseButton;       // -> enum ImGuiMouseButton_     // Enum: A mouse button identifier (0=left, 1=right, 2=middle)
typedef int ImGuiMouseCursor;       // -> enum ImGuiMouseCursor_     // Enum: A mouse cursor identifier
typedef int ImGuiSortDirection;     // -> enum ImGuiSortDirection_   // Enum: A sorting direction (ascending or descending)
typedef int ImGuiStyleVar;          // -> enum ImGuiStyleVar_        // Enum: A variable identifier for styling
typedef int ImGuiTableBgTarget;     // -> enum ImGuiTableBgTarget_   // Enum: A color target for TableSetBgColor()
typedef int ImDrawFlags;            // -> enum ImDrawFlags_          // Flags: for ImDrawList functions
typedef int ImDrawListFlags;        // -> enum ImDrawListFlags_      // Flags: for ImDrawList instance
typedef int ImFontAtlasFlags;       // -> enum ImFontAtlasFlags_     // Flags: for ImFontAtlas build
typedef int ImGuiBackendFlags;      // -> enum ImGuiBackendFlags_    // Flags: for io.BackendFlags
typedef int ImGuiButtonFlags;       // -> enum ImGuiButtonFlags_     // Flags: for InvisibleButton()
typedef int ImGuiColorEditFlags;    // -> enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_  // Flags: for ColorEdit4(), ColorPicker4() etc.
typedef int ImGuiConfigFlags;       // -> enum ImGuiConfigFlags_     // Flags: for io.ConfigFlags
typedef int ImGuiComboFlags;        // -> enum ImGuiComboFlags_      // Flags: for BeginCombo()
typedef int ImGuiDockNodeFlags;     // -> enum ImGuiDockNodeFlags_   // Flags: for DockSpace()
typedef int ImGuiDragDropFlags;     // -> enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_   // Flags: for BeginDragDropSource(), AcceptDragDropPayload()
typedef int ImGuiFocusedFlags;      // -> enum ImGuiFocusedFlags_    // Flags: for IsWindowFocused()
typedef int ImGuiHoveredFlags;      // -> enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_    // Flags: for IsItemHovered(), IsWindowHovered() etc.
typedef int ImGuiInputTextFlags;    // -> enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_  // Flags: for InputText(), InputTextMultiline()
typedef int ImGuiModFlags;          // -> enum ImGuiModFlags_        // Flags: for io.KeyMods (Ctrl/Shift/Alt/Super)
typedef int ImGuiPopupFlags;        // -> enum ImGuiPopupFlags_      // Flags: for OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(), IsPopupOpen()
typedef int ImGuiSelectableFlags;   // -> enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_ // Flags: for Selectable()
typedef int ImGuiSliderFlags;       // -> enum ImGuiSliderFlags_     // Flags: for DragFloat(), DragInt(), SliderFloat(), SliderInt() etc.
typedef int ImGuiTabBarFlags;       // -> enum ImGuiTabBarFlags_     // Flags: for BeginTabBar()
typedef int ImGuiTabItemFlags;      // -> enum ImGuiTabItemFlags_    // Flags: for BeginTabItem()
typedef int ImGuiTableFlags;        // -> enum ImGuiTableFlags_      // Flags: For BeginTable()
typedef int ImGuiTableColumnFlags;  // -> enum ImGuiTableColumnFlags_// Flags: For TableSetupColumn()
typedef int ImGuiTableRowFlags;     // -> enum ImGuiTableRowFlags_   // Flags: For TableNextRow()
typedef int ImGuiTreeNodeFlags;     // -> enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_   // Flags: for TreeNode(), TreeNodeEx(), CollapsingHeader()
typedef int ImGuiViewportFlags;     // -> enum ImGuiViewportFlags_   // Flags: for ImGuiViewport
typedef int ImGuiWindowFlags;       // -> enum ImGuiWindowFlags_     // Flags: for Begin(), BeginChild()

// ImTexture: user data for renderer backend to identify a texture [Compile-time configurable type]
// - To use something else than an opaque void* pointer: override with e.g. '#define ImTextureID MyTextureType*' in your imconfig.h file.
// - This can be whatever to you want it to be! read the FAQ about ImTextureID for details.
#ifndef ImTextureID
typedef void* ImTextureID;          // Default: store a pointer or an integer fitting in a pointer (most renderer backends are ok with that)
#endif

// ImDrawIdx: vertex index. [Compile-time configurable type]
// - To use 16-bit indices + allow large meshes: backend need to set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' and handle ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset (recommended).
// - To use 32-bit indices: override with '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' in your imconfig.h file.
#ifndef ImDrawIdx
typedef unsigned short ImDrawIdx;   // Default: 16-bit (for maximum compatibility with renderer backends)
#endif

// Scalar data types
typedef unsigned int        ImGuiID;// A unique ID used by widgets (typically the result of hashing a stack of string)
typedef signed char         ImS8;   // 8-bit signed integer
typedef unsigned char       ImU8;   // 8-bit unsigned integer
typedef signed short        ImS16;  // 16-bit signed integer
typedef unsigned short      ImU16;  // 16-bit unsigned integer
typedef signed int          ImS32;  // 32-bit signed integer == int
typedef unsigned int        ImU32;  // 32-bit unsigned integer (often used to store packed colors)
typedef signed   long long  ImS64;  // 64-bit signed integer
typedef unsigned long long  ImU64;  // 64-bit unsigned integer

// Character types
// (we generally use UTF-8 encoded string in the API. This is storage specifically for a decoded character used for keyboard input and display)
typedef unsigned short ImWchar16;   // A single decoded U16 character/code point. We encode them as multi bytes UTF-8 when used in strings.
typedef unsigned int ImWchar32;     // A single decoded U32 character/code point. We encode them as multi bytes UTF-8 when used in strings.
#ifdef IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32            // ImWchar [configurable type: override in imconfig.h with '#define IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32' to support Unicode planes 1-16]
typedef ImWchar32 ImWchar;
#else
typedef ImWchar16 ImWchar;
#endif

// Callback and functions types
typedef int     (*ImGuiInputTextCallback)(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data);    // Callback function for ImGui::InputText()
typedef void    (*ImGuiSizeCallback)(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data);              // Callback function for ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints()
typedef void*   (*ImGuiMemAllocFunc)(size_t sz, void* user_data);               // Function signature for ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions()
typedef void    (*ImGuiMemFreeFunc)(void* ptr, void* user_data);                // Function signature for ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions()

// ImVec2: 2D vector used to store positions, sizes etc. [Compile-time configurable type]
// This is a frequently used type in the API. Consider using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA to create implicit cast from/to our preferred type.
IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
struct ImVec2
{
    float                                   x, y;
    constexpr ImVec2()                      : x(0.0f), y(0.0f) { }
    constexpr ImVec2(float _x, float _y)    : x(_x), y(_y) { }
    float  operator[] (size_t idx) const    { IM_ASSERT(idx <= 1); return (&x)[idx]; }    // We very rarely use this [] operator, the assert overhead is fine.
    float& operator[] (size_t idx)          { IM_ASSERT(idx <= 1); return (&x)[idx]; }    // We very rarely use this [] operator, the assert overhead is fine.
#ifdef IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA
    IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA     // Define additional constructors and implicit cast operators in imconfig.h to convert back and forth between your math types and ImVec2.
#endif
};

// ImVec4: 4D vector used to store clipping rectangles, colors etc. [Compile-time configurable type]
struct ImVec4
{
    float                                                     x, y, z, w;
    constexpr ImVec4()                                        : x(0.0f), y(0.0f), z(0.0f), w(0.0f) { }
    constexpr ImVec4(float _x, float _y, float _z, float _w)  : x(_x), y(_y), z(_z), w(_w) { }
#ifdef IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA
    IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA     // Define additional constructors and implicit cast operators in imconfig.h to convert back and forth between your math types and ImVec4.
#endif
};
IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Dear ImGui end-user API functions
// (Note that ImGui:: being a namespace, you can add extra ImGui:: functions in your own separate file. Please don't modify imgui source files!)
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

namespace ImGui
{
    // Context creation and access
    // - Each context create its own ImFontAtlas by default. You may instance one yourself and pass it to CreateContext() to share a font atlas between contexts.
    // - DLL users: heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions()
    //   for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from. Read "Context and Memory Allocators" section of imgui.cpp for details.
    IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* CreateContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas = NULL);
    IMGUI_API void          DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx = NULL);   // NULL = destroy current context
    IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* GetCurrentContext();
    IMGUI_API void          SetCurrentContext(ImGuiContext* ctx);

    // Main
    IMGUI_API ImGuiIO&      GetIO();                                    // access the IO structure (mouse/keyboard/gamepad inputs, time, various configuration options/flags)
    IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle&   GetStyle();                                 // access the Style structure (colors, sizes). Always use PushStyleCol(), PushStyleVar() to modify style mid-frame!
    IMGUI_API void          NewFrame();                                 // start a new Dear ImGui frame, you can submit any command from this point until Render()/EndFrame().
    IMGUI_API void          EndFrame();                                 // ends the Dear ImGui frame. automatically called by Render(). If you don't need to render data (skipping rendering) you may call EndFrame() without Render()... but you'll have wasted CPU already! If you don't need to render, better to not create any windows and not call NewFrame() at all!
    IMGUI_API void          Render();                                   // ends the Dear ImGui frame, finalize the draw data. You can then get call GetDrawData().
    IMGUI_API ImDrawData*   GetDrawData();                              // valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame(). this is what you have to render.

    // Demo, Debug, Information
    IMGUI_API void          ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open = NULL);        // create Demo window. demonstrate most ImGui features. call this to learn about the library! try to make it always available in your application!
    IMGUI_API void          ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open = NULL);     // create Metrics/Debugger window. display Dear ImGui internals: windows, draw commands, various internal state, etc.
    IMGUI_API void          ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open = NULL);    // create Debug Log window. display a simplified log of important dear imgui events.
    IMGUI_API void          ShowStackToolWindow(bool* p_open = NULL);   // create Stack Tool window. hover items with mouse to query information about the source of their unique ID.
    IMGUI_API void          ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open = NULL);       // create About window. display Dear ImGui version, credits and build/system information.
    IMGUI_API void          ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref = NULL);    // add style editor block (not a window). you can pass in a reference ImGuiStyle structure to compare to, revert to and save to (else it uses the default style)
    IMGUI_API bool          ShowStyleSelector(const char* label);       // add style selector block (not a window), essentially a combo listing the default styles.
    IMGUI_API void          ShowFontSelector(const char* label);        // add font selector block (not a window), essentially a combo listing the loaded fonts.
    IMGUI_API void          ShowUserGuide();                            // add basic help/info block (not a window): how to manipulate ImGui as a end-user (mouse/keyboard controls).
    IMGUI_API const char*   GetVersion();                               // get the compiled version string e.g. "1.80 WIP" (essentially the value for IMGUI_VERSION from the compiled version of imgui.cpp)

    // Styles
    IMGUI_API void          StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL);    // new, recommended style (default)
    IMGUI_API void          StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL);   // best used with borders and a custom, thicker font
    IMGUI_API void          StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL); // classic imgui style

    // Windows
    // - Begin() = push window to the stack and start appending to it. End() = pop window from the stack.
    // - Passing 'bool* p_open != NULL' shows a window-closing widget in the upper-right corner of the window,
    //   which clicking will set the boolean to false when clicked.
    // - You may append multiple times to the same window during the same frame by calling Begin()/End() pairs multiple times.
    //   Some information such as 'flags' or 'p_open' will only be considered by the first call to Begin().
    // - Begin() return false to indicate the window is collapsed or fully clipped, so you may early out and omit submitting
    //   anything to the window. Always call a matching End() for each Begin() call, regardless of its return value!
    //   [Important: due to legacy reason, this is inconsistent with most other functions such as BeginMenu/EndMenu,
    //    BeginPopup/EndPopup, etc. where the EndXXX call should only be called if the corresponding BeginXXX function
    //    returned true. Begin and BeginChild are the only odd ones out. Will be fixed in a future update.]
    // - Note that the bottom of window stack always contains a window called "Debug".
    IMGUI_API bool          Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API void          End();

    // Child Windows
    // - Use child windows to begin into a self-contained independent scrolling/clipping regions within a host window. Child windows can embed their own child.
    // - For each independent axis of 'size': ==0.0f: use remaining host window size / >0.0f: fixed size / <0.0f: use remaining window size minus abs(size) / Each axis can use a different mode, e.g. ImVec2(0,400).
    // - BeginChild() returns false to indicate the window is collapsed or fully clipped, so you may early out and omit submitting anything to the window.
    //   Always call a matching EndChild() for each BeginChild() call, regardless of its return value.
    //   [Important: due to legacy reason, this is inconsistent with most other functions such as BeginMenu/EndMenu,
    //    BeginPopup/EndPopup, etc. where the EndXXX call should only be called if the corresponding BeginXXX function
    //    returned true. Begin and BeginChild are the only odd ones out. Will be fixed in a future update.]
    IMGUI_API bool          BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), bool border = false, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), bool border = false, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API void          EndChild();

    // Windows Utilities
    // - 'current window' = the window we are appending into while inside a Begin()/End() block. 'next window' = next window we will Begin() into.
    IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowAppearing();
    IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowCollapsed();
    IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags flags=0); // is current window focused? or its root/child, depending on flags. see flags for options.
    IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags=0); // is current window hovered (and typically: not blocked by a popup/modal)? see flags for options. NB: If you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to imgui or to your app, you should use the 'io.WantCaptureMouse' boolean for that! Please read the FAQ!
    IMGUI_API ImDrawList*   GetWindowDrawList();                        // get draw list associated to the current window, to append your own drawing primitives
    IMGUI_API float         GetWindowDpiScale();                        // get DPI scale currently associated to the current window's viewport.
    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetWindowPos();                             // get current window position in screen space (useful if you want to do your own drawing via the DrawList API)
    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetWindowSize();                            // get current window size
    IMGUI_API float         GetWindowWidth();                           // get current window width (shortcut for GetWindowSize().x)
    IMGUI_API float         GetWindowHeight();                          // get current window height (shortcut for GetWindowSize().y)
    IMGUI_API ImGuiViewport*GetWindowViewport();                        // get viewport currently associated to the current window.

    // Window manipulation
    // - Prefer using SetNextXXX functions (before Begin) rather that SetXXX functions (after Begin).
    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0, const ImVec2& pivot = ImVec2(0, 0)); // set next window position. call before Begin(). use pivot=(0.5f,0.5f) to center on given point, etc.
    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0);                  // set next window size. set axis to 0.0f to force an auto-fit on this axis. call before Begin()
    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeCallback custom_callback = NULL, void* custom_callback_data = NULL); // set next window size limits. use -1,-1 on either X/Y axis to preserve the current size. Sizes will be rounded down. Use callback to apply non-trivial programmatic constraints.
    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size);                               // set next window content size (~ scrollable client area, which enforce the range of scrollbars). Not including window decorations (title bar, menu bar, etc.) nor WindowPadding. set an axis to 0.0f to leave it automatic. call before Begin()
    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0);                 // set next window collapsed state. call before Begin()
    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowFocus();                                                       // set next window to be focused / top-most. call before Begin()
    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowBgAlpha(float alpha);                                          // set next window background color alpha. helper to easily override the Alpha component of ImGuiCol_WindowBg/ChildBg/PopupBg. you may also use ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground.
    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowViewport(ImGuiID viewport_id);                                 // set next window viewport
    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0);                        // (not recommended) set current window position - call within Begin()/End(). prefer using SetNextWindowPos(), as this may incur tearing and side-effects.
    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0);                      // (not recommended) set current window size - call within Begin()/End(). set to ImVec2(0, 0) to force an auto-fit. prefer using SetNextWindowSize(), as this may incur tearing and minor side-effects.
    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0);                     // (not recommended) set current window collapsed state. prefer using SetNextWindowCollapsed().
    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowFocus();                                                           // (not recommended) set current window to be focused / top-most. prefer using SetNextWindowFocus().
    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowFontScale(float scale);                                            // [OBSOLETE] set font scale. Adjust IO.FontGlobalScale if you want to scale all windows. This is an old API! For correct scaling, prefer to reload font + rebuild ImFontAtlas + call style.ScaleAllSizes().
    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowPos(const char* name, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0);      // set named window position.
    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowSize(const char* name, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0);    // set named window size. set axis to 0.0f to force an auto-fit on this axis.
    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowCollapsed(const char* name, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0);   // set named window collapsed state
    IMGUI_API void          SetWindowFocus(const char* name);                                           // set named window to be focused / top-most. use NULL to remove focus.

    // Content region
    // - Retrieve available space from a given point. GetContentRegionAvail() is frequently useful.
    // - Those functions are bound to be redesigned (they are confusing, incomplete and the Min/Max return values are in local window coordinates which increases confusion)
    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetContentRegionAvail();                                        // == GetContentRegionMax() - GetCursorPos()
    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetContentRegionMax();                                          // current content boundaries (typically window boundaries including scrolling, or current column boundaries), in windows coordinates
    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetWindowContentRegionMin();                                    // content boundaries min for the full window (roughly (0,0)-Scroll), in window coordinates
    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetWindowContentRegionMax();                                    // content boundaries max for the full window (roughly (0,0)+Size-Scroll) where Size can be override with SetNextWindowContentSize(), in window coordinates

    // Windows Scrolling
    IMGUI_API float         GetScrollX();                                                   // get scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxX()]
    IMGUI_API float         GetScrollY();                                                   // get scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxY()]
    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollX(float scroll_x);                                     // set scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxX()]
    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollY(float scroll_y);                                     // set scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxY()]
    IMGUI_API float         GetScrollMaxX();                                                // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.x - WindowSize.x - DecorationsSize.x
    IMGUI_API float         GetScrollMaxY();                                                // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.y - WindowSize.y - DecorationsSize.y
    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollHereX(float center_x_ratio = 0.5f);                    // adjust scrolling amount to make current cursor position visible. center_x_ratio=0.0: left, 0.5: center, 1.0: right. When using to make a "default/current item" visible, consider using SetItemDefaultFocus() instead.
    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollHereY(float center_y_ratio = 0.5f);                    // adjust scrolling amount to make current cursor position visible. center_y_ratio=0.0: top, 0.5: center, 1.0: bottom. When using to make a "default/current item" visible, consider using SetItemDefaultFocus() instead.
    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollFromPosX(float local_x, float center_x_ratio = 0.5f);  // adjust scrolling amount to make given position visible. Generally GetCursorStartPos() + offset to compute a valid position.
    IMGUI_API void          SetScrollFromPosY(float local_y, float center_y_ratio = 0.5f);  // adjust scrolling amount to make given position visible. Generally GetCursorStartPos() + offset to compute a valid position.

    // Parameters stacks (shared)
    IMGUI_API void          PushFont(ImFont* font);                                         // use NULL as a shortcut to push default font
    IMGUI_API void          PopFont();
    IMGUI_API void          PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col);                        // modify a style color. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame().
    IMGUI_API void          PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col);
    IMGUI_API void          PopStyleColor(int count = 1);
    IMGUI_API void          PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val);                     // modify a style float variable. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame().
    IMGUI_API void          PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val);             // modify a style ImVec2 variable. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame().
    IMGUI_API void          PopStyleVar(int count = 1);
    IMGUI_API void          PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool allow_keyboard_focus);              // == tab stop enable. Allow focusing using TAB/Shift-TAB, enabled by default but you can disable it for certain widgets
    IMGUI_API void          PopAllowKeyboardFocus();
    IMGUI_API void          PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat);                                  // in 'repeat' mode, Button*() functions return repeated true in a typematic manner (using io.KeyRepeatDelay/io.KeyRepeatRate setting). Note that you can call IsItemActive() after any Button() to tell if the button is held in the current frame.
    IMGUI_API void          PopButtonRepeat();

    // Parameters stacks (current window)
    IMGUI_API void          PushItemWidth(float item_width);                                // push width of items for common large "item+label" widgets. >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -FLT_MIN always align width to the right side).
    IMGUI_API void          PopItemWidth();
    IMGUI_API void          SetNextItemWidth(float item_width);                             // set width of the _next_ common large "item+label" widget. >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -FLT_MIN always align width to the right side)
    IMGUI_API float         CalcItemWidth();                                                // width of item given pushed settings and current cursor position. NOT necessarily the width of last item unlike most 'Item' functions.
    IMGUI_API void          PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_local_pos_x = 0.0f);                 // push word-wrapping position for Text*() commands. < 0.0f: no wrapping; 0.0f: wrap to end of window (or column); > 0.0f: wrap at 'wrap_pos_x' position in window local space
    IMGUI_API void          PopTextWrapPos();

    // Style read access
    // - Use the style editor (ShowStyleEditor() function) to interactively see what the colors are)
    IMGUI_API ImFont*       GetFont();                                                      // get current font
    IMGUI_API float         GetFontSize();                                                  // get current font size (= height in pixels) of current font with current scale applied
    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetFontTexUvWhitePixel();                                       // get UV coordinate for a while pixel, useful to draw custom shapes via the ImDrawList API
    IMGUI_API ImU32         GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul = 1.0f);              // retrieve given style color with style alpha applied and optional extra alpha multiplier, packed as a 32-bit value suitable for ImDrawList
    IMGUI_API ImU32         GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col);                                 // retrieve given color with style alpha applied, packed as a 32-bit value suitable for ImDrawList
    IMGUI_API ImU32         GetColorU32(ImU32 col);                                         // retrieve given color with style alpha applied, packed as a 32-bit value suitable for ImDrawList
    IMGUI_API const ImVec4& GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx);                                // retrieve style color as stored in ImGuiStyle structure. use to feed back into PushStyleColor(), otherwise use GetColorU32() to get style color with style alpha baked in.

    // Cursor / Layout
    // - By "cursor" we mean the current output position.
    // - The typical widget behavior is to output themselves at the current cursor position, then move the cursor one line down.
    // - You can call SameLine() between widgets to undo the last carriage return and output at the right of the preceding widget.
    // - Attention! We currently have inconsistencies between window-local and absolute positions we will aim to fix with future API:
    //    Window-local coordinates:   SameLine(), GetCursorPos(), SetCursorPos(), GetCursorStartPos(), GetContentRegionMax(), GetWindowContentRegion*(), PushTextWrapPos()
    //    Absolute coordinate:        GetCursorScreenPos(), SetCursorScreenPos(), all ImDrawList:: functions.
    IMGUI_API void          Separator();                                                    // separator, generally horizontal. inside a menu bar or in horizontal layout mode, this becomes a vertical separator.
    IMGUI_API void          SameLine(float offset_from_start_x=0.0f, float spacing=-1.0f);  // call between widgets or groups to layout them horizontally. X position given in window coordinates.
    IMGUI_API void          NewLine();                                                      // undo a SameLine() or force a new line when in an horizontal-layout context.
    IMGUI_API void          Spacing();                                                      // add vertical spacing.
    IMGUI_API void          Dummy(const ImVec2& size);                                      // add a dummy item of given size. unlike InvisibleButton(), Dummy() won't take the mouse click or be navigable into.
    IMGUI_API void          Indent(float indent_w = 0.0f);                                  // move content position toward the right, by indent_w, or style.IndentSpacing if indent_w <= 0
    IMGUI_API void          Unindent(float indent_w = 0.0f);                                // move content position back to the left, by indent_w, or style.IndentSpacing if indent_w <= 0
    IMGUI_API void          BeginGroup();                                                   // lock horizontal starting position
    IMGUI_API void          EndGroup();                                                     // unlock horizontal starting position + capture the whole group bounding box into one "item" (so you can use IsItemHovered() or layout primitives such as SameLine() on whole group, etc.)
    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetCursorPos();                                                 // cursor position in window coordinates (relative to window position)
    IMGUI_API float         GetCursorPosX();                                                //   (some functions are using window-relative coordinates, such as: GetCursorPos, GetCursorStartPos, GetContentRegionMax, GetWindowContentRegion* etc.
    IMGUI_API float         GetCursorPosY();                                                //    other functions such as GetCursorScreenPos or everything in ImDrawList::
    IMGUI_API void          SetCursorPos(const ImVec2& local_pos);                          //    are using the main, absolute coordinate system.
    IMGUI_API void          SetCursorPosX(float local_x);                                   //    GetWindowPos() + GetCursorPos() == GetCursorScreenPos() etc.)
    IMGUI_API void          SetCursorPosY(float local_y);                                   //
    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetCursorStartPos();                                            // initial cursor position in window coordinates
    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetCursorScreenPos();                                           // cursor position in absolute coordinates (useful to work with ImDrawList API). generally top-left == GetMainViewport()->Pos == (0,0) in single viewport mode, and bottom-right == GetMainViewport()->Pos+Size == io.DisplaySize in single-viewport mode.
    IMGUI_API void          SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos);                          // cursor position in absolute coordinates
    IMGUI_API void          AlignTextToFramePadding();                                      // vertically align upcoming text baseline to FramePadding.y so that it will align properly to regularly framed items (call if you have text on a line before a framed item)
    IMGUI_API float         GetTextLineHeight();                                            // ~ FontSize
    IMGUI_API float         GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing();                                 // ~ FontSize + style.ItemSpacing.y (distance in pixels between 2 consecutive lines of text)
    IMGUI_API float         GetFrameHeight();                                               // ~ FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2
    IMGUI_API float         GetFrameHeightWithSpacing();                                    // ~ FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2 + style.ItemSpacing.y (distance in pixels between 2 consecutive lines of framed widgets)

    // ID stack/scopes
    // Read the FAQ (docs/FAQ.md or http://dearimgui.org/faq) for more details about how ID are handled in dear imgui.
    // - Those questions are answered and impacted by understanding of the ID stack system:
    //   - "Q: Why is my widget not reacting when I click on it?"
    //   - "Q: How can I have widgets with an empty label?"
    //   - "Q: How can I have multiple widgets with the same label?"
    // - Short version: ID are hashes of the entire ID stack. If you are creating widgets in a loop you most likely
    //   want to push a unique identifier (e.g. object pointer, loop index) to uniquely differentiate them.
    // - You can also use the "Label##foobar" syntax within widget label to distinguish them from each others.
    // - In this header file we use the "label"/"name" terminology to denote a string that will be displayed + used as an ID,
    //   whereas "str_id" denote a string that is only used as an ID and not normally displayed.
    IMGUI_API void          PushID(const char* str_id);                                     // push string into the ID stack (will hash string).
    IMGUI_API void          PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end);       // push string into the ID stack (will hash string).
    IMGUI_API void          PushID(const void* ptr_id);                                     // push pointer into the ID stack (will hash pointer).
    IMGUI_API void          PushID(int int_id);                                             // push integer into the ID stack (will hash integer).
    IMGUI_API void          PopID();                                                        // pop from the ID stack.
    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetID(const char* str_id);                                      // calculate unique ID (hash of whole ID stack + given parameter). e.g. if you want to query into ImGuiStorage yourself
    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end);
    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetID(const void* ptr_id);

    // Widgets: Text
    IMGUI_API void          TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // raw text without formatting. Roughly equivalent to Text("%s", text) but: A) doesn't require null terminated string if 'text_end' is specified, B) it's faster, no memory copy is done, no buffer size limits, recommended for long chunks of text.
    IMGUI_API void          Text(const char* fmt, ...)                                      IM_FMTARGS(1); // formatted text
    IMGUI_API void          TextV(const char* fmt, va_list args)                            IM_FMTLIST(1);
    IMGUI_API void          TextColored(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, ...)            IM_FMTARGS(2); // shortcut for PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, col); Text(fmt, ...); PopStyleColor();
    IMGUI_API void          TextColoredV(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, va_list args)  IM_FMTLIST(2);
    IMGUI_API void          TextDisabled(const char* fmt, ...)                              IM_FMTARGS(1); // shortcut for PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); Text(fmt, ...); PopStyleColor();
    IMGUI_API void          TextDisabledV(const char* fmt, va_list args)                    IM_FMTLIST(1);
    IMGUI_API void          TextWrapped(const char* fmt, ...)                               IM_FMTARGS(1); // shortcut for PushTextWrapPos(0.0f); Text(fmt, ...); PopTextWrapPos();. Note that this won't work on an auto-resizing window if there's no other widgets to extend the window width, yoy may need to set a size using SetNextWindowSize().
    IMGUI_API void          TextWrappedV(const char* fmt, va_list args)                     IM_FMTLIST(1);
    IMGUI_API void          LabelText(const char* label, const char* fmt, ...)              IM_FMTARGS(2); // display text+label aligned the same way as value+label widgets
    IMGUI_API void          LabelTextV(const char* label, const char* fmt, va_list args)    IM_FMTLIST(2);
    IMGUI_API void          BulletText(const char* fmt, ...)                                IM_FMTARGS(1); // shortcut for Bullet()+Text()
    IMGUI_API void          BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args)                      IM_FMTLIST(1);

    // Widgets: Main
    // - Most widgets return true when the value has been changed or when pressed/selected
    // - You may also use one of the many IsItemXXX functions (e.g. IsItemActive, IsItemHovered, etc.) to query widget state.
    IMGUI_API bool          Button(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0));   // button
    IMGUI_API bool          SmallButton(const char* label);                                 // button with FramePadding=(0,0) to easily embed within text
    IMGUI_API bool          InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); // flexible button behavior without the visuals, frequently useful to build custom behaviors using the public api (along with IsItemActive, IsItemHovered, etc.)
    IMGUI_API bool          ArrowButton(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir);                  // square button with an arrow shape
    IMGUI_API void          Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1), const ImVec4& border_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0));
    IMGUI_API bool          ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0),  const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), int frame_padding = -1, const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1));    // <0 frame_padding uses default frame padding settings. 0 for no padding
    IMGUI_API bool          Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v);
    IMGUI_API bool          CheckboxFlags(const char* label, int* flags, int flags_value);
    IMGUI_API bool          CheckboxFlags(const char* label, unsigned int* flags, unsigned int flags_value);
    IMGUI_API bool          RadioButton(const char* label, bool active);                    // use with e.g. if (RadioButton("one", my_value==1)) { my_value = 1; }
    IMGUI_API bool          RadioButton(const char* label, int* v, int v_button);           // shortcut to handle the above pattern when value is an integer
    IMGUI_API void          ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0), const char* overlay = NULL);
    IMGUI_API void          Bullet();                                                       // draw a small circle + keep the cursor on the same line. advance cursor x position by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(), same distance that TreeNode() uses

    // Widgets: Combo Box
    // - The BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api allows you to manage your contents and selection state however you want it, by creating e.g. Selectable() items.
    // - The old Combo() api are helpers over BeginCombo()/EndCombo() which are kept available for convenience purpose. This is analogous to how ListBox are created.
    IMGUI_API bool          BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API void          EndCombo(); // only call EndCombo() if BeginCombo() returns true!
    IMGUI_API bool          Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1);
    IMGUI_API bool          Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separated_by_zeros, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1);      // Separate items with \0 within a string, end item-list with \0\0. e.g. "One\0Two\0Three\0"
    IMGUI_API bool          Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool(*items_getter)(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1);

    // Widgets: Drag Sliders
    // - CTRL+Click on any drag box to turn them into an input box. Manually input values aren't clamped by default and can go off-bounds. Use ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp to always clamp.
    // - For all the Float2/Float3/Float4/Int2/Int3/Int4 versions of every functions, note that a 'float v[X]' function argument is the same as 'float* v',
    //   the array syntax is just a way to document the number of elements that are expected to be accessible. You can pass address of your first element out of a contiguous set, e.g. &myvector.x
    // - Adjust format string to decorate the value with a prefix, a suffix, or adapt the editing and display precision e.g. "%.3f" -> 1.234; "%5.2f secs" -> 01.23 secs; "Biscuit: %.0f" -> Biscuit: 1; etc.
    // - Format string may also be set to NULL or use the default format ("%f" or "%d").
    // - Speed are per-pixel of mouse movement (v_speed=0.2f: mouse needs to move by 5 pixels to increase value by 1). For gamepad/keyboard navigation, minimum speed is Max(v_speed, minimum_step_at_given_precision).
    // - Use v_min < v_max to clamp edits to given limits. Note that CTRL+Click manual input can override those limits if ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp is not used.
    // - Use v_max = FLT_MAX / INT_MAX etc to avoid clamping to a maximum, same with v_min = -FLT_MAX / INT_MIN to avoid clamping to a minimum.
    // - We use the same sets of flags for DragXXX() and SliderXXX() functions as the features are the same and it makes it easier to swap them.
    // - Legacy: Pre-1.78 there are DragXXX() function signatures that takes a final `float power=1.0f' argument instead of the `ImGuiSliderFlags flags=0' argument.
    //   If you get a warning converting a float to ImGuiSliderFlags, read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361
    IMGUI_API bool          DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);     // If v_min >= v_max we have no bound
    IMGUI_API bool          DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          DragFloatRange2(const char* label, float* v_current_min, float* v_current_max, float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", const char* format_max = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          DragInt(const char* label, int* v, float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);  // If v_min >= v_max we have no bound
    IMGUI_API bool          DragInt2(const char* label, int v[2], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          DragInt3(const char* label, int v[3], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          DragInt4(const char* label, int v[4], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_max, float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", const char* format_max = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed = 1.0f, const void* p_min = NULL, const void* p_max = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed = 1.0f, const void* p_min = NULL, const void* p_max = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);

    // Widgets: Regular Sliders
    // - CTRL+Click on any slider to turn them into an input box. Manually input values aren't clamped by default and can go off-bounds. Use ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp to always clamp.
    // - Adjust format string to decorate the value with a prefix, a suffix, or adapt the editing and display precision e.g. "%.3f" -> 1.234; "%5.2f secs" -> 01.23 secs; "Biscuit: %.0f" -> Biscuit: 1; etc.
    // - Format string may also be set to NULL or use the default format ("%f" or "%d").
    // - Legacy: Pre-1.78 there are SliderXXX() function signatures that takes a final `float power=1.0f' argument instead of the `ImGuiSliderFlags flags=0' argument.
    //   If you get a warning converting a float to ImGuiSliderFlags, read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361
    IMGUI_API bool          SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);     // adjust format to decorate the value with a prefix or a suffix for in-slider labels or unit display.
    IMGUI_API bool          SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          SliderAngle(const char* label, float* v_rad, float v_degrees_min = -360.0f, float v_degrees_max = +360.0f, const char* format = "%.0f deg", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          SliderInt(const char* label, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          SliderInt2(const char* label, int v[2], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          SliderInt3(const char* label, int v[3], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          SliderInt4(const char* label, int v[4], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          VSliderFloat(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          VSliderInt(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);

    // Widgets: Input with Keyboard
    // - If you want to use InputText() with std::string or any custom dynamic string type, see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h and comments in imgui_demo.cpp.
    // - Most of the ImGuiInputTextFlags flags are only useful for InputText() and not for InputFloatX, InputIntX, InputDouble etc.
    IMGUI_API bool          InputText(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL);
    IMGUI_API bool          InputTextMultiline(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL);
    IMGUI_API bool          InputTextWithHint(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL);
    IMGUI_API bool          InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step = 0.0f, float step_fast = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          InputInt(const char* label, int* v, int step = 1, int step_fast = 100, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          InputInt2(const char* label, int v[2], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          InputInt3(const char* label, int v[3], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          InputInt4(const char* label, int v[4], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          InputDouble(const char* label, double* v, double step = 0.0, double step_fast = 0.0, const char* format = "%.6f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_step = NULL, const void* p_step_fast = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          InputScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_step = NULL, const void* p_step_fast = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);

    // Widgets: Color Editor/Picker (tip: the ColorEdit* functions have a little color square that can be left-clicked to open a picker, and right-clicked to open an option menu.)
    // - Note that in C++ a 'float v[X]' function argument is the _same_ as 'float* v', the array syntax is just a way to document the number of elements that are expected to be accessible.
    // - You can pass the address of a first float element out of a contiguous structure, e.g. &myvector.x
    IMGUI_API bool          ColorEdit3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          ColorPicker3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, const float* ref_col = NULL);
    IMGUI_API bool          ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // display a color square/button, hover for details, return true when pressed.
    IMGUI_API void          SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags flags);                     // initialize current options (generally on application startup) if you want to select a default format, picker type, etc. User will be able to change many settings, unless you pass the _NoOptions flag to your calls.

    // Widgets: Trees
    // - TreeNode functions return true when the node is open, in which case you need to also call TreePop() when you are finished displaying the tree node contents.
    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNode(const char* label);
    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNode(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2);   // helper variation to easily decorelate the id from the displayed string. Read the FAQ about why and how to use ID. to align arbitrary text at the same level as a TreeNode() you can use Bullet().
    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNode(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2);   // "
    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeV(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2);
    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeV(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2);
    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeEx(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3);
    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeEx(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3);
    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeExV(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3);
    IMGUI_API bool          TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3);
    IMGUI_API void          TreePush(const char* str_id);                                       // ~ Indent()+PushId(). Already called by TreeNode() when returning true, but you can call TreePush/TreePop yourself if desired.
    IMGUI_API void          TreePush(const void* ptr_id = NULL);                                // "
    IMGUI_API void          TreePop();                                                          // ~ Unindent()+PopId()
    IMGUI_API float         GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing();                                        // horizontal distance preceding label when using TreeNode*() or Bullet() == (g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x*2) for a regular unframed TreeNode
    IMGUI_API bool          CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0);  // if returning 'true' the header is open. doesn't indent nor push on ID stack. user doesn't have to call TreePop().
    IMGUI_API bool          CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_visible, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // when 'p_visible != NULL': if '*p_visible==true' display an additional small close button on upper right of the header which will set the bool to false when clicked, if '*p_visible==false' don't display the header.
    IMGUI_API void          SetNextItemOpen(bool is_open, ImGuiCond cond = 0);                  // set next TreeNode/CollapsingHeader open state.

    // Widgets: Selectables
    // - A selectable highlights when hovered, and can display another color when selected.
    // - Neighbors selectable extend their highlight bounds in order to leave no gap between them. This is so a series of selected Selectable appear contiguous.
    IMGUI_API bool          Selectable(const char* label, bool selected = false, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // "bool selected" carry the selection state (read-only). Selectable() is clicked is returns true so you can modify your selection state. size.x==0.0: use remaining width, size.x>0.0: specify width. size.y==0.0: use label height, size.y>0.0: specify height
    IMGUI_API bool          Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0));      // "bool* p_selected" point to the selection state (read-write), as a convenient helper.

    // Widgets: List Boxes
    // - This is essentially a thin wrapper to using BeginChild/EndChild with some stylistic changes.
    // - The BeginListBox()/EndListBox() api allows you to manage your contents and selection state however you want it, by creating e.g. Selectable() or any items.
    // - The simplified/old ListBox() api are helpers over BeginListBox()/EndListBox() which are kept available for convenience purpose. This is analoguous to how Combos are created.
    // - Choose frame width:   size.x > 0.0f: custom  /  size.x < 0.0f or -FLT_MIN: right-align   /  size.x = 0.0f (default): use current ItemWidth
    // - Choose frame height:  size.y > 0.0f: custom  /  size.y < 0.0f or -FLT_MIN: bottom-align  /  size.y = 0.0f (default): arbitrary default height which can fit ~7 items
    IMGUI_API bool          BeginListBox(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // open a framed scrolling region
    IMGUI_API void          EndListBox();                                                       // only call EndListBox() if BeginListBox() returned true!
    IMGUI_API bool          ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int height_in_items = -1);
    IMGUI_API bool          ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1);

    // Widgets: Data Plotting
    // - Consider using ImPlot (https://github.com/epezent/implot) which is much better!
    IMGUI_API void          PlotLines(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0), int stride = sizeof(float));
    IMGUI_API void          PlotLines(const char* label, float(*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0));
    IMGUI_API void          PlotHistogram(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0), int stride = sizeof(float));
    IMGUI_API void          PlotHistogram(const char* label, float(*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0));

    // Widgets: Value() Helpers.
    // - Those are merely shortcut to calling Text() with a format string. Output single value in "name: value" format (tip: freely declare more in your code to handle your types. you can add functions to the ImGui namespace)
    IMGUI_API void          Value(const char* prefix, bool b);
    IMGUI_API void          Value(const char* prefix, int v);
    IMGUI_API void          Value(const char* prefix, unsigned int v);
    IMGUI_API void          Value(const char* prefix, float v, const char* float_format = NULL);

    // Widgets: Menus
    // - Use BeginMenuBar() on a window ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar to append to its menu bar.
    // - Use BeginMainMenuBar() to create a menu bar at the top of the screen and append to it.
    // - Use BeginMenu() to create a menu. You can call BeginMenu() multiple time with the same identifier to append more items to it.
    // - Not that MenuItem() keyboardshortcuts are displayed as a convenience but _not processed_ by Dear ImGui at the moment.
    IMGUI_API bool          BeginMenuBar();                                                     // append to menu-bar of current window (requires ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar flag set on parent window).
    IMGUI_API void          EndMenuBar();                                                       // only call EndMenuBar() if BeginMenuBar() returns true!
    IMGUI_API bool          BeginMainMenuBar();                                                 // create and append to a full screen menu-bar.
    IMGUI_API void          EndMainMenuBar();                                                   // only call EndMainMenuBar() if BeginMainMenuBar() returns true!
    IMGUI_API bool          BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled = true);                  // create a sub-menu entry. only call EndMenu() if this returns true!
    IMGUI_API void          EndMenu();                                                          // only call EndMenu() if BeginMenu() returns true!
    IMGUI_API bool          MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut = NULL, bool selected = false, bool enabled = true);  // return true when activated.
    IMGUI_API bool          MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, bool enabled = true);              // return true when activated + toggle (*p_selected) if p_selected != NULL

    // Tooltips
    // - Tooltip are windows following the mouse. They do not take focus away.
    IMGUI_API void          BeginTooltip();                                                     // begin/append a tooltip window. to create full-featured tooltip (with any kind of items).
    IMGUI_API void          EndTooltip();
    IMGUI_API void          SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1);                     // set a text-only tooltip, typically use with ImGui::IsItemHovered(). override any previous call to SetTooltip().
    IMGUI_API void          SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1);

    // Popups, Modals
    //  - They block normal mouse hovering detection (and therefore most mouse interactions) behind them.
    //  - If not modal: they can be closed by clicking anywhere outside them, or by pressing ESCAPE.
    //  - Their visibility state (~bool) is held internally instead of being held by the programmer as we are used to with regular Begin*() calls.
    //  - The 3 properties above are related: we need to retain popup visibility state in the library because popups may be closed as any time.
    //  - You can bypass the hovering restriction by using ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup when calling IsItemHovered() or IsWindowHovered().
    //  - IMPORTANT: Popup identifiers are relative to the current ID stack, so OpenPopup and BeginPopup generally needs to be at the same level of the stack.
    //    This is sometimes leading to confusing mistakes. May rework this in the future.

    // Popups: begin/end functions
    //  - BeginPopup(): query popup state, if open start appending into the window. Call EndPopup() afterwards. ImGuiWindowFlags are forwarded to the window.
    //  - BeginPopupModal(): block every interactions behind the window, cannot be closed by user, add a dimming background, has a title bar.
    IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0);                         // return true if the popup is open, and you can start outputting to it.
    IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // return true if the modal is open, and you can start outputting to it.
    IMGUI_API void          EndPopup();                                                                         // only call EndPopup() if BeginPopupXXX() returns true!

    // Popups: open/close functions
    //  - OpenPopup(): set popup state to open. ImGuiPopupFlags are available for opening options.
    //  - If not modal: they can be closed by clicking anywhere outside them, or by pressing ESCAPE.
    //  - CloseCurrentPopup(): use inside the BeginPopup()/EndPopup() scope to close manually.
    //  - CloseCurrentPopup() is called by default by Selectable()/MenuItem() when activated (FIXME: need some options).
    //  - Use ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup to avoid opening a popup if there's already one at the same level. This is equivalent to e.g. testing for !IsAnyPopupOpen() prior to OpenPopup().
    //  - Use IsWindowAppearing() after BeginPopup() to tell if a window just opened.
    //  - IMPORTANT: Notice that for OpenPopupOnItemClick() we exceptionally default flags to 1 (== ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight) for backward compatibility with older API taking 'int mouse_button = 1' parameter
    IMGUI_API void          OpenPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 0);                     // call to mark popup as open (don't call every frame!).
    IMGUI_API void          OpenPopup(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 0);                             // id overload to facilitate calling from nested stacks
    IMGUI_API void          OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1);   // helper to open popup when clicked on last item. Default to ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight == 1. (note: actually triggers on the mouse _released_ event to be consistent with popup behaviors)
    IMGUI_API void          CloseCurrentPopup();                                                                // manually close the popup we have begin-ed into.

    // Popups: open+begin combined functions helpers
    //  - Helpers to do OpenPopup+BeginPopup where the Open action is triggered by e.g. hovering an item and right-clicking.
    //  - They are convenient to easily create context menus, hence the name.
    //  - IMPORTANT: Notice that BeginPopupContextXXX takes ImGuiPopupFlags just like OpenPopup() and unlike BeginPopup(). For full consistency, we may add ImGuiWindowFlags to the BeginPopupContextXXX functions in the future.
    //  - IMPORTANT: Notice that we exceptionally default their flags to 1 (== ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight) for backward compatibility with older API taking 'int mouse_button = 1' parameter, so if you add other flags remember to re-add the ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight.
    IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1);  // open+begin popup when clicked on last item. Use str_id==NULL to associate the popup to previous item. If you want to use that on a non-interactive item such as Text() you need to pass in an explicit ID here. read comments in .cpp!
    IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1);// open+begin popup when clicked on current window.
    IMGUI_API bool          BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1);  // open+begin popup when clicked in void (where there are no windows).

    // Popups: query functions
    //  - IsPopupOpen(): return true if the popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack.
    //  - IsPopupOpen() with ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId: return true if any popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack.
    //  - IsPopupOpen() with ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId + ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel: return true if any popup is open.
    IMGUI_API bool          IsPopupOpen(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags flags = 0);                         // return true if the popup is open.

    // Tables
    // - Full-featured replacement for old Columns API.
    // - See Demo->Tables for demo code. See top of imgui_tables.cpp for general commentary.
    // - See ImGuiTableFlags_ and ImGuiTableColumnFlags_ enums for a description of available flags.
    // The typical call flow is:
    // - 1. Call BeginTable(), early out if returning false.
    // - 2. Optionally call TableSetupColumn() to submit column name/flags/defaults.
    // - 3. Optionally call TableSetupScrollFreeze() to request scroll freezing of columns/rows.
    // - 4. Optionally call TableHeadersRow() to submit a header row. Names are pulled from TableSetupColumn() data.
    // - 5. Populate contents:
    //    - In most situations you can use TableNextRow() + TableSetColumnIndex(N) to start appending into a column.
    //    - If you are using tables as a sort of grid, where every columns is holding the same type of contents,
    //      you may prefer using TableNextColumn() instead of TableNextRow() + TableSetColumnIndex().
    //      TableNextColumn() will automatically wrap-around into the next row if needed.
    //    - IMPORTANT: Comparatively to the old Columns() API, we need to call TableNextColumn() for the first column!
    //    - Summary of possible call flow:
    //        --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    //        TableNextRow() -> TableSetColumnIndex(0) -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableSetColumnIndex(1) -> Text("Hello 1")  // OK
    //        TableNextRow() -> TableNextColumn()      -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableNextColumn()      -> Text("Hello 1")  // OK
    //                          TableNextColumn()      -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableNextColumn()      -> Text("Hello 1")  // OK: TableNextColumn() automatically gets to next row!
    //        TableNextRow()                           -> Text("Hello 0")                                               // Not OK! Missing TableSetColumnIndex() or TableNextColumn()! Text will not appear!
    //        --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    // - 5. Call EndTable()
    IMGUI_API bool          BeginTable(const char* str_id, int column, ImGuiTableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& outer_size = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), float inner_width = 0.0f);
    IMGUI_API void          EndTable();                                         // only call EndTable() if BeginTable() returns true!
    IMGUI_API void          TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags row_flags = 0, float min_row_height = 0.0f); // append into the first cell of a new row.
    IMGUI_API bool          TableNextColumn();                                  // append into the next column (or first column of next row if currently in last column). Return true when column is visible.
    IMGUI_API bool          TableSetColumnIndex(int column_n);                  // append into the specified column. Return true when column is visible.

    // Tables: Headers & Columns declaration
    // - Use TableSetupColumn() to specify label, resizing policy, default width/weight, id, various other flags etc.
    // - Use TableHeadersRow() to create a header row and automatically submit a TableHeader() for each column.
    //   Headers are required to perform: reordering, sorting, and opening the context menu.
    //   The context menu can also be made available in columns body using ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody.
    // - You may manually submit headers using TableNextRow() + TableHeader() calls, but this is only useful in
    //   some advanced use cases (e.g. adding custom widgets in header row).
    // - Use TableSetupScrollFreeze() to lock columns/rows so they stay visible when scrolled.
    IMGUI_API void          TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags = 0, float init_width_or_weight = 0.0f, ImGuiID user_id = 0);
    IMGUI_API void          TableSetupScrollFreeze(int cols, int rows);         // lock columns/rows so they stay visible when scrolled.
    IMGUI_API void          TableHeadersRow();                                  // submit all headers cells based on data provided to TableSetupColumn() + submit context menu
    IMGUI_API void          TableHeader(const char* label);                     // submit one header cell manually (rarely used)

    // Tables: Sorting & Miscellaneous functions
    // - Sorting: call TableGetSortSpecs() to retrieve latest sort specs for the table. NULL when not sorting.
    //   When 'sort_specs->SpecsDirty == true' you should sort your data. It will be true when sorting specs have
    //   changed since last call, or the first time. Make sure to set 'SpecsDirty = false' after sorting,
    //   else you may wastefully sort your data every frame!
    // - Functions args 'int column_n' treat the default value of -1 as the same as passing the current column index.
    IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSortSpecs*  TableGetSortSpecs();                        // get latest sort specs for the table (NULL if not sorting).  Lifetime: don't hold on this pointer over multiple frames or past any subsequent call to BeginTable().
    IMGUI_API int                   TableGetColumnCount();                      // return number of columns (value passed to BeginTable)
    IMGUI_API int                   TableGetColumnIndex();                      // return current column index.
    IMGUI_API int                   TableGetRowIndex();                         // return current row index.
    IMGUI_API const char*           TableGetColumnName(int column_n = -1);      // return "" if column didn't have a name declared by TableSetupColumn(). Pass -1 to use current column.
    IMGUI_API ImGuiTableColumnFlags TableGetColumnFlags(int column_n = -1);     // return column flags so you can query their Enabled/Visible/Sorted/Hovered status flags. Pass -1 to use current column.
    IMGUI_API void                  TableSetColumnEnabled(int column_n, bool v);// change user accessible enabled/disabled state of a column. Set to false to hide the column. User can use the context menu to change this themselves (right-click in headers, or right-click in columns body with ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody)
    IMGUI_API void                  TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget target, ImU32 color, int column_n = -1);  // change the color of a cell, row, or column. See ImGuiTableBgTarget_ flags for details.

    // Legacy Columns API (prefer using Tables!)
    // - You can also use SameLine(pos_x) to mimic simplified columns.
    IMGUI_API void          Columns(int count = 1, const char* id = NULL, bool border = true);
    IMGUI_API void          NextColumn();                                                       // next column, defaults to current row or next row if the current row is finished
    IMGUI_API int           GetColumnIndex();                                                   // get current column index
    IMGUI_API float         GetColumnWidth(int column_index = -1);                              // get column width (in pixels). pass -1 to use current column
    IMGUI_API void          SetColumnWidth(int column_index, float width);                      // set column width (in pixels). pass -1 to use current column
    IMGUI_API float         GetColumnOffset(int column_index = -1);                             // get position of column line (in pixels, from the left side of the contents region). pass -1 to use current column, otherwise 0..GetColumnsCount() inclusive. column 0 is typically 0.0f
    IMGUI_API void          SetColumnOffset(int column_index, float offset_x);                  // set position of column line (in pixels, from the left side of the contents region). pass -1 to use current column
    IMGUI_API int           GetColumnsCount();

    // Tab Bars, Tabs
    // Note: Tabs are automatically created by the docking system. Use this to create tab bars/tabs yourself without docking being involved.
    IMGUI_API bool          BeginTabBar(const char* str_id, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags = 0);        // create and append into a TabBar
    IMGUI_API void          EndTabBar();                                                        // only call EndTabBar() if BeginTabBar() returns true!
    IMGUI_API bool          BeginTabItem(const char* label, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags = 0); // create a Tab. Returns true if the Tab is selected.
    IMGUI_API void          EndTabItem();                                                       // only call EndTabItem() if BeginTabItem() returns true!
    IMGUI_API bool          TabItemButton(const char* label, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags = 0);      // create a Tab behaving like a button. return true when clicked. cannot be selected in the tab bar.
    IMGUI_API void          SetTabItemClosed(const char* tab_or_docked_window_label);           // notify TabBar or Docking system of a closed tab/window ahead (useful to reduce visual flicker on reorderable tab bars). For tab-bar: call after BeginTabBar() and before Tab submissions. Otherwise call with a window name.

    // Docking
    // [BETA API] Enable with io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable.
    // Note: You can use most Docking facilities without calling any API. You DO NOT need to call DockSpace() to use Docking!
    // - Drag from window title bar or their tab to dock/undock. Hold SHIFT to disable docking/undocking.
    // - Drag from window menu button (upper-left button) to undock an entire node (all windows).
    // - When io.ConfigDockingWithShift == true, you instead need to hold SHIFT to _enable_ docking/undocking.
    // About dockspaces:
    // - Use DockSpace() to create an explicit dock node _within_ an existing window. See Docking demo for details.
    // - Use DockSpaceOverViewport() to create an explicit dock node covering the screen or a specific viewport.
    //   This is often used with ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode.
    // - Important: Dockspaces need to be submitted _before_ any window they can host. Submit it early in your frame!
    // - Important: Dockspaces need to be kept alive if hidden, otherwise windows docked into it will be undocked.
    //   e.g. if you have multiple tabs with a dockspace inside each tab: submit the non-visible dockspaces with ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly.
    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       DockSpace(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiDockNodeFlags flags = 0, const ImGuiWindowClass* window_class = NULL);
    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       DockSpaceOverViewport(const ImGuiViewport* viewport = NULL, ImGuiDockNodeFlags flags = 0, const ImGuiWindowClass* window_class = NULL);
    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowDockID(ImGuiID dock_id, ImGuiCond cond = 0);           // set next window dock id
    IMGUI_API void          SetNextWindowClass(const ImGuiWindowClass* window_class);           // set next window class (control docking compatibility + provide hints to platform backend via custom viewport flags and platform parent/child relationship)
    IMGUI_API ImGuiID       GetWindowDockID();
    IMGUI_API bool          IsWindowDocked();                                                   // is current window docked into another window?

    // Logging/Capture
    // - All text output from the interface can be captured into tty/file/clipboard. By default, tree nodes are automatically opened during logging.
    IMGUI_API void          LogToTTY(int auto_open_depth = -1);                                 // start logging to tty (stdout)
    IMGUI_API void          LogToFile(int auto_open_depth = -1, const char* filename = NULL);   // start logging to file
    IMGUI_API void          LogToClipboard(int auto_open_depth = -1);                           // start logging to OS clipboard
    IMGUI_API void          LogFinish();                                                        // stop logging (close file, etc.)
    IMGUI_API void          LogButtons();                                                       // helper to display buttons for logging to tty/file/clipboard
    IMGUI_API void          LogText(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1);                        // pass text data straight to log (without being displayed)
    IMGUI_API void          LogTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1);

    // Drag and Drop
    // - On source items, call BeginDragDropSource(), if it returns true also call SetDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropSource().
    // - On target candidates, call BeginDragDropTarget(), if it returns true also call AcceptDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropTarget().
    // - If you stop calling BeginDragDropSource() the payload is preserved however it won't have a preview tooltip (we currently display a fallback "..." tooltip, see #1725)
    // - An item can be both drag source and drop target.
    IMGUI_API bool          BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags = 0);                                      // call after submitting an item which may be dragged. when this return true, you can call SetDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropSource()
    IMGUI_API bool          SetDragDropPayload(const char* type, const void* data, size_t sz, ImGuiCond cond = 0);  // type is a user defined string of maximum 32 characters. Strings starting with '_' are reserved for dear imgui internal types. Data is copied and held by imgui. Return true when payload has been accepted.
    IMGUI_API void          EndDragDropSource();                                                                    // only call EndDragDropSource() if BeginDragDropSource() returns true!
    IMGUI_API bool                  BeginDragDropTarget();                                                          // call after submitting an item that may receive a payload. If this returns true, you can call AcceptDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropTarget()
    IMGUI_API const ImGuiPayload*   AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDropFlags flags = 0);          // accept contents of a given type. If ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery is set you can peek into the payload before the mouse button is released.
    IMGUI_API void                  EndDragDropTarget();                                                            // only call EndDragDropTarget() if BeginDragDropTarget() returns true!
    IMGUI_API const ImGuiPayload*   GetDragDropPayload();                                                           // peek directly into the current payload from anywhere. may return NULL. use ImGuiPayload::IsDataType() to test for the payload type.

    // Disabling [BETA API]
    // - Disable all user interactions and dim items visuals (applying style.DisabledAlpha over current colors)
    // - Those can be nested but it cannot be used to enable an already disabled section (a single BeginDisabled(true) in the stack is enough to keep everything disabled)
    // - BeginDisabled(false) essentially does nothing useful but is provided to facilitate use of boolean expressions. If you can avoid calling BeginDisabled(False)/EndDisabled() best to avoid it.
    IMGUI_API void          BeginDisabled(bool disabled = true);
    IMGUI_API void          EndDisabled();

    // Clipping
    // - Mouse hovering is affected by ImGui::PushClipRect() calls, unlike direct calls to ImDrawList::PushClipRect() which are render only.
    IMGUI_API void          PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect);
    IMGUI_API void          PopClipRect();

    // Focus, Activation
    // - Prefer using "SetItemDefaultFocus()" over "if (IsWindowAppearing()) SetScrollHereY()" when applicable to signify "this is the default item"
    IMGUI_API void          SetItemDefaultFocus();                                              // make last item the default focused item of a window.
    IMGUI_API void          SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset = 0);                               // focus keyboard on the next widget. Use positive 'offset' to access sub components of a multiple component widget. Use -1 to access previous widget.

    // Item/Widgets Utilities and Query Functions
    // - Most of the functions are referring to the previous Item that has been submitted.
    // - See Demo Window under "Widgets->Querying Status" for an interactive visualization of most of those functions.
    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags = 0);                         // is the last item hovered? (and usable, aka not blocked by a popup, etc.). See ImGuiHoveredFlags for more options.
    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemActive();                                                     // is the last item active? (e.g. button being held, text field being edited. This will continuously return true while holding mouse button on an item. Items that don't interact will always return false)
    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemFocused();                                                    // is the last item focused for keyboard/gamepad navigation?
    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemClicked(ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = 0);                   // is the last item hovered and mouse clicked on? (**)  == IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered()Important. (**) this it NOT equivalent to the behavior of e.g. Button(). Read comments in function definition.
    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemVisible();                                                    // is the last item visible? (items may be out of sight because of clipping/scrolling)
    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemEdited();                                                     // did the last item modify its underlying value this frame? or was pressed? This is generally the same as the "bool" return value of many widgets.
    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemActivated();                                                  // was the last item just made active (item was previously inactive).
    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemDeactivated();                                                // was the last item just made inactive (item was previously active). Useful for Undo/Redo patterns with widgets that requires continuous editing.
    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit();                                       // was the last item just made inactive and made a value change when it was active? (e.g. Slider/Drag moved). Useful for Undo/Redo patterns with widgets that requires continuous editing. Note that you may get false positives (some widgets such as Combo()/ListBox()/Selectable() will return true even when clicking an already selected item).
    IMGUI_API bool          IsItemToggledOpen();                                                // was the last item open state toggled? set by TreeNode().
    IMGUI_API bool          IsAnyItemHovered();                                                 // is any item hovered?
    IMGUI_API bool          IsAnyItemActive();                                                  // is any item active?
    IMGUI_API bool          IsAnyItemFocused();                                                 // is any item focused?
    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetItemRectMin();                                                   // get upper-left bounding rectangle of the last item (screen space)
    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetItemRectMax();                                                   // get lower-right bounding rectangle of the last item (screen space)
    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetItemRectSize();                                                  // get size of last item
    IMGUI_API void          SetItemAllowOverlap();                                              // allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. sometimes useful with invisible buttons, selectables, etc. to catch unused area.

    // Viewports
    // - Currently represents the Platform Window created by the application which is hosting our Dear ImGui windows.
    // - In 'docking' branch with multi-viewport enabled, we extend this concept to have multiple active viewports.
    // - In the future we will extend this concept further to also represent Platform Monitor and support a "no main platform window" operation mode.
    IMGUI_API ImGuiViewport* GetMainViewport();                                                 // return primary/default viewport. This can never be NULL.

    // Background/Foreground Draw Lists
    IMGUI_API ImDrawList*   GetBackgroundDrawList();                                            // get background draw list for the viewport associated to the current window. this draw list will be the first rendering one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text behind dear imgui contents.
    IMGUI_API ImDrawList*   GetForegroundDrawList();                                            // get foreground draw list for the viewport associated to the current window. this draw list will be the last rendered one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text over dear imgui contents.
    IMGUI_API ImDrawList*   GetBackgroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport);                     // get background draw list for the given viewport. this draw list will be the first rendering one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text behind dear imgui contents.
    IMGUI_API ImDrawList*   GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport);                     // get foreground draw list for the given viewport. this draw list will be the last rendered one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text over dear imgui contents.

    // Miscellaneous Utilities
    IMGUI_API bool          IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size);                                  // test if rectangle (of given size, starting from cursor position) is visible / not clipped.
    IMGUI_API bool          IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max);      // test if rectangle (in screen space) is visible / not clipped. to perform coarse clipping on user's side.
    IMGUI_API double        GetTime();                                                          // get global imgui time. incremented by io.DeltaTime every frame.
    IMGUI_API int           GetFrameCount();                                                    // get global imgui frame count. incremented by 1 every frame.
    IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData* GetDrawListSharedData();                                    // you may use this when creating your own ImDrawList instances.
    IMGUI_API const char*   GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx);                                    // get a string corresponding to the enum value (for display, saving, etc.).
    IMGUI_API void          SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage);                             // replace current window storage with our own (if you want to manipulate it yourself, typically clear subsection of it)
    IMGUI_API ImGuiStorage* GetStateStorage();
    IMGUI_API bool          BeginChildFrame(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // helper to create a child window / scrolling region that looks like a normal widget frame
    IMGUI_API void          EndChildFrame();                                                    // always call EndChildFrame() regardless of BeginChildFrame() return values (which indicates a collapsed/clipped window)

    // Text Utilities
    IMGUI_API ImVec2        CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, bool hide_text_after_double_hash = false, float wrap_width = -1.0f);

    // Color Utilities
    IMGUI_API ImVec4        ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(ImU32 in);
    IMGUI_API ImU32         ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(const ImVec4& in);
    IMGUI_API void          ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(float r, float g, float b, float& out_h, float& out_s, float& out_v);
    IMGUI_API void          ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(float h, float s, float v, float& out_r, float& out_g, float& out_b);

    // Inputs Utilities: Keyboard
    // Without IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO: (legacy support)
    //   - For 'ImGuiKey key' you can still use your legacy native/user indices according to how your backend/engine stored them in io.KeysDown[].
    // With IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO: (this is the way forward)
    //   - Any use of 'ImGuiKey' will assert when key < 512 will be passed, previously reserved as native/user keys indices
    //   - GetKeyIndex() is pass-through and therefore deprecated (gone if IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined)
    IMGUI_API bool          IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key);                                            // is key being held.
    IMGUI_API bool          IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true);                     // was key pressed (went from !Down to Down)? if repeat=true, uses io.KeyRepeatDelay / KeyRepeatRate
    IMGUI_API bool          IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key);                                        // was key released (went from Down to !Down)?
    IMGUI_API int           GetKeyPressedAmount(ImGuiKey key, float repeat_delay, float rate);  // uses provided repeat rate/delay. return a count, most often 0 or 1 but might be >1 if RepeatRate is small enough that DeltaTime > RepeatRate
    IMGUI_API const char*   GetKeyName(ImGuiKey key);                                           // [DEBUG] returns English name of the key. Those names a provided for debugging purpose and are not meant to be saved persistently not compared.
    IMGUI_API void          SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(bool want_capture_keyboard);        // Override io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag next frame (said flag is left for your application to handle, typically when true it instructs your app to ignore inputs). e.g. force capture keyboard when your widget is being hovered. This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureKeyboard = want_capture_keyboard"; after the next NewFrame() call.

    // Inputs Utilities: Mouse
    // - To refer to a mouse button, you may use named enums in your code e.g. ImGuiMouseButton_Left, ImGuiMouseButton_Right.
    // - You can also use regular integer: it is forever guaranteed that 0=Left, 1=Right, 2=Middle.
    // - Dragging operations are only reported after mouse has moved a certain distance away from the initial clicking position (see 'lock_threshold' and 'io.MouseDraggingThreshold')
    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button);                               // is mouse button held?
    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, bool repeat = false);       // did mouse button clicked? (went from !Down to Down). Same as GetMouseClickedCount() == 1.
    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button);                           // did mouse button released? (went from Down to !Down)
    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button);                      // did mouse button double-clicked? Same as GetMouseClickedCount() == 2. (note that a double-click will also report IsMouseClicked() == true)
    IMGUI_API int           GetMouseClickedCount(ImGuiMouseButton button);                      // return the number of successive mouse-clicks at the time where a click happen (otherwise 0).
    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool clip = true);// is mouse hovering given bounding rect (in screen space). clipped by current clipping settings, but disregarding of other consideration of focus/window ordering/popup-block.
    IMGUI_API bool          IsMousePosValid(const ImVec2* mouse_pos = NULL);                    // by convention we use (-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) to denote that there is no mouse available
    IMGUI_API bool          IsAnyMouseDown();                                                   // [WILL OBSOLETE] is any mouse button held? This was designed for backends, but prefer having backend maintain a mask of held mouse buttons, because upcoming input queue system will make this invalid.
    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetMousePos();                                                      // shortcut to ImGui::GetIO().MousePos provided by user, to be consistent with other calls
    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup();                                 // retrieve mouse position at the time of opening popup we have BeginPopup() into (helper to avoid user backing that value themselves)
    IMGUI_API bool          IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold = -1.0f);         // is mouse dragging? (if lock_threshold < -1.0f, uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold)
    IMGUI_API ImVec2        GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button = 0, float lock_threshold = -1.0f);   // return the delta from the initial clicking position while the mouse button is pressed or was just released. This is locked and return 0.0f until the mouse moves past a distance threshold at least once (if lock_threshold < -1.0f, uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold)
    IMGUI_API void          ResetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button = 0);                   //
    IMGUI_API ImGuiMouseCursor GetMouseCursor();                                                // get desired cursor type, reset in ImGui::NewFrame(), this is updated during the frame. valid before Render(). If you use software rendering by setting io.MouseDrawCursor ImGui will render those for you
    IMGUI_API void          SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type);                       // set desired cursor type
    IMGUI_API void          SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(bool want_capture_mouse);              // Override io.WantCaptureMouse flag next frame (said flag is left for your application to handle, typical when true it instucts your app to ignore inputs). This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureMouse = want_capture_mouse;" after the next NewFrame() call.

    // Clipboard Utilities
    // - Also see the LogToClipboard() function to capture GUI into clipboard, or easily output text data to the clipboard.
    IMGUI_API const char*   GetClipboardText();
    IMGUI_API void          SetClipboardText(const char* text);

    // Settings/.Ini Utilities
    // - The disk functions are automatically called if io.IniFilename != NULL (default is "imgui.ini").
    // - Set io.IniFilename to NULL to load/save manually. Read io.WantSaveIniSettings description about handling .ini saving manually.
    // - Important: default value "imgui.ini" is relative to current working dir! Most apps will want to lock this to an absolute path (e.g. same path as executables).
    IMGUI_API void          LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename);                  // call after CreateContext() and before the first call to NewFrame(). NewFrame() automatically calls LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(io.IniFilename).
    IMGUI_API void          LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size=0); // call after CreateContext() and before the first call to NewFrame() to provide .ini data from your own data source.
    IMGUI_API void          SaveIniSettingsToDisk(const char* ini_filename);                    // this is automatically called (if io.IniFilename is not empty) a few seconds after any modification that should be reflected in the .ini file (and also by DestroyContext).
    IMGUI_API const char*   SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t* out_ini_size = NULL);               // return a zero-terminated string with the .ini data which you can save by your own mean. call when io.WantSaveIniSettings is set, then save data by your own mean and clear io.WantSaveIniSettings.

    // Debug Utilities
    IMGUI_API void          DebugTextEncoding(const char* text);
    IMGUI_API bool          DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version_str, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_drawvert, size_t sz_drawidx); // This is called by IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() macro.

    // Memory Allocators
    // - Those functions are not reliant on the current context.
    // - DLL users: heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions()
    //   for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from. Read "Context and Memory Allocators" section of imgui.cpp for more details.
    IMGUI_API void          SetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc free_func, void* user_data = NULL);
    IMGUI_API void          GetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc* p_alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc* p_free_func, void** p_user_data);
    IMGUI_API void*         MemAlloc(size_t size);
    IMGUI_API void          MemFree(void* ptr);

    // (Optional) Platform/OS interface for multi-viewport support
    // Read comments around the ImGuiPlatformIO structure for more details.
    // Note: You may use GetWindowViewport() to get the current viewport of the current window.
    IMGUI_API ImGuiPlatformIO&  GetPlatformIO();                                                // platform/renderer functions, for backend to setup + viewports list.
    IMGUI_API void              UpdatePlatformWindows();                                        // call in main loop. will call CreateWindow/ResizeWindow/etc. platform functions for each secondary viewport, and DestroyWindow for each inactive viewport.
    IMGUI_API void              RenderPlatformWindowsDefault(void* platform_render_arg = NULL, void* renderer_render_arg = NULL); // call in main loop. will call RenderWindow/SwapBuffers platform functions for each secondary viewport which doesn't have the ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized flag set. May be reimplemented by user for custom rendering needs.
    IMGUI_API void              DestroyPlatformWindows();                                       // call DestroyWindow platform functions for all viewports. call from backend Shutdown() if you need to close platform windows before imgui shutdown. otherwise will be called by DestroyContext().
    IMGUI_API ImGuiViewport*    FindViewportByID(ImGuiID id);                                   // this is a helper for backends.
    IMGUI_API ImGuiViewport*    FindViewportByPlatformHandle(void* platform_handle);            // this is a helper for backends. the type platform_handle is decided by the backend (e.g. HWND, MyWindow*, GLFWwindow* etc.)

} // namespace ImGui

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Flags & Enumerations
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

// Flags for ImGui::Begin()
enum ImGuiWindowFlags_
{
    ImGuiWindowFlags_None                   = 0,
    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar             = 1 << 0,   // Disable title-bar
    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize               = 1 << 1,   // Disable user resizing with the lower-right grip
    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove                 = 1 << 2,   // Disable user moving the window
    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar            = 1 << 3,   // Disable scrollbars (window can still scroll with mouse or programmatically)
    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse      = 1 << 4,   // Disable user vertically scrolling with mouse wheel. On child window, mouse wheel will be forwarded to the parent unless NoScrollbar is also set.
    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse             = 1 << 5,   // Disable user collapsing window by double-clicking on it. Also referred to as Window Menu Button (e.g. within a docking node).
    ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize       = 1 << 6,   // Resize every window to its content every frame
    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground           = 1 << 7,   // Disable drawing background color (WindowBg, etc.) and outside border. Similar as using SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.0f).
    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings        = 1 << 8,   // Never load/save settings in .ini file
    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs          = 1 << 9,   // Disable catching mouse, hovering test with pass through.
    ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar                = 1 << 10,  // Has a menu-bar
    ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar    = 1 << 11,  // Allow horizontal scrollbar to appear (off by default). You may use SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(width,0.0f)); prior to calling Begin() to specify width. Read code in imgui_demo in the "Horizontal Scrolling" section.
    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing     = 1 << 12,  // Disable taking focus when transitioning from hidden to visible state
    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus  = 1 << 13,  // Disable bringing window to front when taking focus (e.g. clicking on it or programmatically giving it focus)
    ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar= 1 << 14,  // Always show vertical scrollbar (even if ContentSize.y < Size.y)
    ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar=1<< 15,  // Always show horizontal scrollbar (even if ContentSize.x < Size.x)
    ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding = 1 << 16,  // Ensure child windows without border uses style.WindowPadding (ignored by default for non-bordered child windows, because more convenient)
    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs            = 1 << 18,  // No gamepad/keyboard navigation within the window
    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus             = 1 << 19,  // No focusing toward this window with gamepad/keyboard navigation (e.g. skipped by CTRL+TAB)
    ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument        = 1 << 20,  // Display a dot next to the title. When used in a tab/docking context, tab is selected when clicking the X + closure is not assumed (will wait for user to stop submitting the tab). Otherwise closure is assumed when pressing the X, so if you keep submitting the tab may reappear at end of tab bar.
    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking              = 1 << 21,  // Disable docking of this window

    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav                  = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus,
    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration           = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse,
    ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs               = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus,

    // [Internal]
    ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened           = 1 << 23,  // [BETA] On child window: allow gamepad/keyboard navigation to cross over parent border to this child or between sibling child windows.
    ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow            = 1 << 24,  // Don't use! For internal use by BeginChild()
    ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip                = 1 << 25,  // Don't use! For internal use by BeginTooltip()
    ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup                  = 1 << 26,  // Don't use! For internal use by BeginPopup()
    ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal                  = 1 << 27,  // Don't use! For internal use by BeginPopupModal()
    ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu              = 1 << 28,  // Don't use! For internal use by BeginMenu()
    ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost           = 1 << 29,  // Don't use! For internal use by Begin()/NewFrame()
};

// Flags for ImGui::InputText()
enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_
{
    ImGuiInputTextFlags_None                = 0,
    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal        = 1 << 0,   // Allow 0123456789.+-*/
    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal    = 1 << 1,   // Allow 0123456789ABCDEFabcdef
    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase      = 1 << 2,   // Turn a..z into A..Z
    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank        = 1 << 3,   // Filter out spaces, tabs
    ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll       = 1 << 4,   // Select entire text when first taking mouse focus
    ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue    = 1 << 5,   // Return 'true' when Enter is pressed (as opposed to every time the value was modified). Consider looking at the IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() function.
    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion  = 1 << 6,   // Callback on pressing TAB (for completion handling)
    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory     = 1 << 7,   // Callback on pressing Up/Down arrows (for history handling)
    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways      = 1 << 8,   // Callback on each iteration. User code may query cursor position, modify text buffer.
    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter  = 1 << 9,   // Callback on character inputs to replace or discard them. Modify 'EventChar' to replace or discard, or return 1 in callback to discard.
    ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput       = 1 << 10,  // Pressing TAB input a '\t' character into the text field
    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine = 1 << 11,  // In multi-line mode, unfocus with Enter, add new line with Ctrl+Enter (default is opposite: unfocus with Ctrl+Enter, add line with Enter).
    ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll  = 1 << 12,  // Disable following the cursor horizontally
    ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite     = 1 << 13,  // Overwrite mode
    ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly            = 1 << 14,  // Read-only mode
    ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password            = 1 << 15,  // Password mode, display all characters as '*'
    ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo          = 1 << 16,  // Disable undo/redo. Note that input text owns the text data while active, if you want to provide your own undo/redo stack you need e.g. to call ClearActiveID().
    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific     = 1 << 17,  // Allow 0123456789.+-*/eE (Scientific notation input)
    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize      = 1 << 18,  // Callback on buffer capacity changes request (beyond 'buf_size' parameter value), allowing the string to grow. Notify when the string wants to be resized (for string types which hold a cache of their Size). You will be provided a new BufSize in the callback and NEED to honor it. (see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example of using this)
    ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit        = 1 << 19,  // Callback on any edit (note that InputText() already returns true on edit, the callback is useful mainly to manipulate the underlying buffer while focus is active)

    // Obsolete names (will be removed soon)
#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
    ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode    = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite   // [renamed in 1.82] name was not matching behavior
#endif
};

// Flags for ImGui::TreeNodeEx(), ImGui::CollapsingHeader*()
enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_
{
    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None                 = 0,
    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected             = 1 << 0,   // Draw as selected
    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed               = 1 << 1,   // Draw frame with background (e.g. for CollapsingHeader)
    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap     = 1 << 2,   // Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one
    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen     = 1 << 3,   // Don't do a TreePush() when open (e.g. for CollapsingHeader) = no extra indent nor pushing on ID stack
    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog      = 1 << 4,   // Don't automatically and temporarily open node when Logging is active (by default logging will automatically open tree nodes)
    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen          = 1 << 5,   // Default node to be open
    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick    = 1 << 6,   // Need double-click to open node
    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow          = 1 << 7,   // Only open when clicking on the arrow part. If ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick is also set, single-click arrow or double-click all box to open.
    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf                 = 1 << 8,   // No collapsing, no arrow (use as a convenience for leaf nodes).
    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet               = 1 << 9,   // Display a bullet instead of arrow
    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_FramePadding         = 1 << 10,  // Use FramePadding (even for an unframed text node) to vertically align text baseline to regular widget height. Equivalent to calling AlignTextToFramePadding().
    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth       = 1 << 11,  // Extend hit box to the right-most edge, even if not framed. This is not the default in order to allow adding other items on the same line. In the future we may refactor the hit system to be front-to-back, allowing natural overlaps and then this can become the default.
    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth        = 1 << 12,  // Extend hit box to the left-most and right-most edges (bypass the indented area).
    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere = 1 << 13,  // (WIP) Nav: left direction may move to this TreeNode() from any of its child (items submitted between TreeNode and TreePop)
    //ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoScrollOnOpen     = 1 << 14,  // FIXME: TODO: Disable automatic scroll on TreePop() if node got just open and contents is not visible
    ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader     = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog,
};

// Flags for OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(), IsPopupOpen() functions.
// - To be backward compatible with older API which took an 'int mouse_button = 1' argument, we need to treat
//   small flags values as a mouse button index, so we encode the mouse button in the first few bits of the flags.
//   It is therefore guaranteed to be legal to pass a mouse button index in ImGuiPopupFlags.
// - For the same reason, we exceptionally default the ImGuiPopupFlags argument of BeginPopupContextXXX functions to 1 instead of 0.
//   IMPORTANT: because the default parameter is 1 (==ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight), if you rely on the default parameter
//   and want to another another flag, you need to pass in the ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight flag.
// - Multiple buttons currently cannot be combined/or-ed in those functions (we could allow it later).
enum ImGuiPopupFlags_
{
    ImGuiPopupFlags_None                    = 0,
    ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonLeft         = 0,        // For BeginPopupContext*(): open on Left Mouse release. Guaranteed to always be == 0 (same as ImGuiMouseButton_Left)
    ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight        = 1,        // For BeginPopupContext*(): open on Right Mouse release. Guaranteed to always be == 1 (same as ImGuiMouseButton_Right)
    ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMiddle       = 2,        // For BeginPopupContext*(): open on Middle Mouse release. Guaranteed to always be == 2 (same as ImGuiMouseButton_Middle)
    ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_        = 0x1F,
    ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonDefault_     = 1,
    ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup = 1 << 5,   // For OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(): don't open if there's already a popup at the same level of the popup stack
    ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems         = 1 << 6,   // For BeginPopupContextWindow(): don't return true when hovering items, only when hovering empty space
    ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId              = 1 << 7,   // For IsPopupOpen(): ignore the ImGuiID parameter and test for any popup.
    ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel           = 1 << 8,   // For IsPopupOpen(): search/test at any level of the popup stack (default test in the current level)
    ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopup                = ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId | ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel,
};

// Flags for ImGui::Selectable()
enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_
{
    ImGuiSelectableFlags_None               = 0,
    ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups    = 1 << 0,   // Clicking this don't close parent popup window
    ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns     = 1 << 1,   // Selectable frame can span all columns (text will still fit in current column)
    ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick   = 1 << 2,   // Generate press events on double clicks too
    ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled           = 1 << 3,   // Cannot be selected, display grayed out text
    ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap   = 1 << 4,   // (WIP) Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one
};

// Flags for ImGui::BeginCombo()
enum ImGuiComboFlags_
{
    ImGuiComboFlags_None                    = 0,
    ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft          = 1 << 0,   // Align the popup toward the left by default
    ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall             = 1 << 1,   // Max ~4 items visible. Tip: If you want your combo popup to be a specific size you can use SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() prior to calling BeginCombo()
    ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular           = 1 << 2,   // Max ~8 items visible (default)
    ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge             = 1 << 3,   // Max ~20 items visible
    ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest           = 1 << 4,   // As many fitting items as possible
    ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton           = 1 << 5,   // Display on the preview box without the square arrow button
    ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview               = 1 << 6,   // Display only a square arrow button
    ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_             = ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest,
};

// Flags for ImGui::BeginTabBar()
enum ImGuiTabBarFlags_
{
    ImGuiTabBarFlags_None                           = 0,
    ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable                    = 1 << 0,   // Allow manually dragging tabs to re-order them + New tabs are appended at the end of list
    ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs              = 1 << 1,   // Automatically select new tabs when they appear
    ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton             = 1 << 2,   // Disable buttons to open the tab list popup
    ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton   = 1 << 3,   // Disable behavior of closing tabs (that are submitted with p_open != NULL) with middle mouse button. You can still repro this behavior on user's side with if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseClicked(2)) *p_open = false.
    ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTabListScrollingButtons      = 1 << 4,   // Disable scrolling buttons (apply when fitting policy is ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll)
    ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTooltip                      = 1 << 5,   // Disable tooltips when hovering a tab
    ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown        = 1 << 6,   // Resize tabs when they don't fit
    ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll            = 1 << 7,   // Add scroll buttons when tabs don't fit
    ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_             = ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown | ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll,
    ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_          = ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown,
};

// Flags for ImGui::BeginTabItem()
enum ImGuiTabItemFlags_
{
    ImGuiTabItemFlags_None                          = 0,
    ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument               = 1 << 0,   // Display a dot next to the title + tab is selected when clicking the X + closure is not assumed (will wait for user to stop submitting the tab). Otherwise closure is assumed when pressing the X, so if you keep submitting the tab may reappear at end of tab bar.
    ImGuiTabItemFlags_SetSelected                   = 1 << 1,   // Trigger flag to programmatically make the tab selected when calling BeginTabItem()
    ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton  = 1 << 2,   // Disable behavior of closing tabs (that are submitted with p_open != NULL) with middle mouse button. You can still repro this behavior on user's side with if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseClicked(2)) *p_open = false.
    ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId                      = 1 << 3,   // Don't call PushID(tab->ID)/PopID() on BeginTabItem()/EndTabItem()
    ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip                     = 1 << 4,   // Disable tooltip for the given tab
    ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoReorder                     = 1 << 5,   // Disable reordering this tab or having another tab cross over this tab
    ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading                       = 1 << 6,   // Enforce the tab position to the left of the tab bar (after the tab list popup button)
    ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing                      = 1 << 7,   // Enforce the tab position to the right of the tab bar (before the scrolling buttons)
};

// Flags for ImGui::BeginTable()
// - Important! Sizing policies have complex and subtle side effects, much more so than you would expect.
//   Read comments/demos carefully + experiment with live demos to get acquainted with them.
// - The DEFAULT sizing policies are:
//    - Default to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit    if ScrollX is on, or if host window has ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize.
//    - Default to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame if ScrollX is off.
// - When ScrollX is off:
//    - Table defaults to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame -> all Columns defaults to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch with same weight.
//    - Columns sizing policy allowed: Stretch (default), Fixed/Auto.
//    - Fixed Columns (if any) will generally obtain their requested width (unless the table cannot fit them all).
//    - Stretch Columns will share the remaining width according to their respective weight.
//    - Mixed Fixed/Stretch columns is possible but has various side-effects on resizing behaviors.
//      The typical use of mixing sizing policies is: any number of LEADING Fixed columns, followed by one or two TRAILING Stretch columns.
//      (this is because the visible order of columns have subtle but necessary effects on how they react to manual resizing).
// - When ScrollX is on:
//    - Table defaults to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit -> all Columns defaults to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed
//    - Columns sizing policy allowed: Fixed/Auto mostly.
//    - Fixed Columns can be enlarged as needed. Table will show an horizontal scrollbar if needed.
//    - When using auto-resizing (non-resizable) fixed columns, querying the content width to use item right-alignment e.g. SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN) doesn't make sense, would create a feedback loop.
//    - Using Stretch columns OFTEN DOES NOT MAKE SENSE if ScrollX is on, UNLESS you have specified a value for 'inner_width' in BeginTable().
//      If you specify a value for 'inner_width' then effectively the scrolling space is known and Stretch or mixed Fixed/Stretch columns become meaningful again.
// - Read on documentation at the top of imgui_tables.cpp for details.
enum ImGuiTableFlags_
{
    // Features
    ImGuiTableFlags_None                       = 0,
    ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable                  = 1 << 0,   // Enable resizing columns.
    ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable                = 1 << 1,   // Enable reordering columns in header row (need calling TableSetupColumn() + TableHeadersRow() to display headers)
    ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable                   = 1 << 2,   // Enable hiding/disabling columns in context menu.
    ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable                   = 1 << 3,   // Enable sorting. Call TableGetSortSpecs() to obtain sort specs. Also see ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti and ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate.
    ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings            = 1 << 4,   // Disable persisting columns order, width and sort settings in the .ini file.
    ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody          = 1 << 5,   // Right-click on columns body/contents will display table context menu. By default it is available in TableHeadersRow().
    // Decorations
    ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg                      = 1 << 6,   // Set each RowBg color with ImGuiCol_TableRowBg or ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt (equivalent of calling TableSetBgColor with ImGuiTableBgFlags_RowBg0 on each row manually)
    ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH              = 1 << 7,   // Draw horizontal borders between rows.
    ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH              = 1 << 8,   // Draw horizontal borders at the top and bottom.
    ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV              = 1 << 9,   // Draw vertical borders between columns.
    ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV              = 1 << 10,  // Draw vertical borders on the left and right sides.
    ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH                   = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH, // Draw horizontal borders.
    ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV                   = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV, // Draw vertical borders.
    ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner               = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH, // Draw inner borders.
    ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter               = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH, // Draw outer borders.
    ImGuiTableFlags_Borders                    = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter,   // Draw all borders.
    ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody            = 1 << 11,  // [ALPHA] Disable vertical borders in columns Body (borders will always appears in Headers). -> May move to style
    ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize = 1 << 12,  // [ALPHA] Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appears in Headers). -> May move to style
    // Sizing Policy (read above for defaults)
    ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit             = 1 << 13,  // Columns default to _WidthFixed or _WidthAuto (if resizable or not resizable), matching contents width.
    ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame            = 2 << 13,  // Columns default to _WidthFixed or _WidthAuto (if resizable or not resizable), matching the maximum contents width of all columns. Implicitly enable ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible.
    ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp          = 3 << 13,  // Columns default to _WidthStretch with default weights proportional to each columns contents widths.
    ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame          = 4 << 13,  // Columns default to _WidthStretch with default weights all equal, unless overridden by TableSetupColumn().
    // Sizing Extra Options
    ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX              = 1 << 16,  // Make outer width auto-fit to columns, overriding outer_size.x value. Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled and Stretch columns are not used.
    ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY              = 1 << 17,  // Make outer height stop exactly at outer_size.y (prevent auto-extending table past the limit). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled. Data below the limit will be clipped and not visible.
    ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible       = 1 << 18,  // Disable keeping column always minimally visible when ScrollX is off and table gets too small. Not recommended if columns are resizable.
    ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths              = 1 << 19,  // Disable distributing remainder width to stretched columns (width allocation on a 100-wide table with 3 columns: Without this flag: 33,33,34. With this flag: 33,33,33). With larger number of columns, resizing will appear to be less smooth.
    // Clipping
    ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip                     = 1 << 20,  // Disable clipping rectangle for every individual columns (reduce draw command count, items will be able to overflow into other columns). Generally incompatible with TableSetupScrollFreeze().
    // Padding
    ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX                  = 1 << 21,  // Default if BordersOuterV is on. Enable outer-most padding. Generally desirable if you have headers.
    ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX                = 1 << 22,  // Default if BordersOuterV is off. Disable outer-most padding.
    ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX                = 1 << 23,  // Disable inner padding between columns (double inner padding if BordersOuterV is on, single inner padding if BordersOuterV is off).
    // Scrolling
    ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX                    = 1 << 24,  // Enable horizontal scrolling. Require 'outer_size' parameter of BeginTable() to specify the container size. Changes default sizing policy. Because this create a child window, ScrollY is currently generally recommended when using ScrollX.
    ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY                    = 1 << 25,  // Enable vertical scrolling. Require 'outer_size' parameter of BeginTable() to specify the container size.
    // Sorting
    ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti                  = 1 << 26,  // Hold shift when clicking headers to sort on multiple column. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount > 1).
    ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate               = 1 << 27,  // Allow no sorting, disable default sorting. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount == 0).

    // [Internal] Combinations and masks
    ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_                = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame,

    // Obsolete names (will be removed soon)
#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
    //, ImGuiTableFlags_ColumnsWidthFixed = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit, ImGuiTableFlags_ColumnsWidthStretch = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame   // WIP Tables 2020/12
    //, ImGuiTableFlags_SizingPolicyFixed = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit, ImGuiTableFlags_SizingPolicyStretch = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame   // WIP Tables 2021/01
#endif
};

// Flags for ImGui::TableSetupColumn()
enum ImGuiTableColumnFlags_
{
    // Input configuration flags
    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None                  = 0,
    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled              = 1 << 0,   // Overriding/master disable flag: hide column, won't show in context menu (unlike calling TableSetColumnEnabled() which manipulates the user accessible state)
    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide           = 1 << 1,   // Default as a hidden/disabled column.
    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort           = 1 << 2,   // Default as a sorting column.
    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch          = 1 << 3,   // Column will stretch. Preferable with horizontal scrolling disabled (default if table sizing policy is _SizingStretchSame or _SizingStretchProp).
    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed            = 1 << 4,   // Column will not stretch. Preferable with horizontal scrolling enabled (default if table sizing policy is _SizingFixedFit and table is resizable).
    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize              = 1 << 5,   // Disable manual resizing.
    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder             = 1 << 6,   // Disable manual reordering this column, this will also prevent other columns from crossing over this column.
    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide                = 1 << 7,   // Disable ability to hide/disable this column.
    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoClip                = 1 << 8,   // Disable clipping for this column (all NoClip columns will render in a same draw command).
    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort                = 1 << 9,   // Disable ability to sort on this field (even if ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable is set on the table).
    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending       = 1 << 10,  // Disable ability to sort in the ascending direction.
    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending      = 1 << 11,  // Disable ability to sort in the descending direction.
    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel         = 1 << 12,  // TableHeadersRow() will not submit label for this column. Convenient for some small columns. Name will still appear in context menu.
    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderWidth         = 1 << 13,  // Disable header text width contribution to automatic column width.
    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending   = 1 << 14,  // Make the initial sort direction Ascending when first sorting on this column (default).
    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending  = 1 << 15,  // Make the initial sort direction Descending when first sorting on this column.
    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable          = 1 << 16,  // Use current Indent value when entering cell (default for column 0).
    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable         = 1 << 17,  // Ignore current Indent value when entering cell (default for columns > 0). Indentation changes _within_ the cell will still be honored.

    // Output status flags, read-only via TableGetColumnFlags()
    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled             = 1 << 24,  // Status: is enabled == not hidden by user/api (referred to as "Hide" in _DefaultHide and _NoHide) flags.
    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible             = 1 << 25,  // Status: is visible == is enabled AND not clipped by scrolling.
    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted              = 1 << 26,  // Status: is currently part of the sort specs
    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered             = 1 << 27,  // Status: is hovered by mouse

    // [Internal] Combinations and masks
    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_            = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed,
    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentMask_           = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable,
    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_           = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered,
    ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_       = 1 << 30,  // [Internal] Disable user resizing this column directly (it may however we resized indirectly from its left edge)

    // Obsolete names (will be removed soon)
#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
    //ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthAuto           = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize, // Column will not stretch and keep resizing based on submitted contents.
#endif
};

// Flags for ImGui::TableNextRow()
enum ImGuiTableRowFlags_
{
    ImGuiTableRowFlags_None                     = 0,
    ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers                  = 1 << 0,   // Identify header row (set default background color + width of its contents accounted differently for auto column width)
};

// Enum for ImGui::TableSetBgColor()
// Background colors are rendering in 3 layers:
//  - Layer 0: draw with RowBg0 color if set, otherwise draw with ColumnBg0 if set.
//  - Layer 1: draw with RowBg1 color if set, otherwise draw with ColumnBg1 if set.
//  - Layer 2: draw with CellBg color if set.
// The purpose of the two row/columns layers is to let you decide if a background color changes should override or blend with the existing color.
// When using ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg on the table, each row has the RowBg0 color automatically set for odd/even rows.
// If you set the color of RowBg0 target, your color will override the existing RowBg0 color.
// If you set the color of RowBg1 or ColumnBg1 target, your color will blend over the RowBg0 color.
enum ImGuiTableBgTarget_
{
    ImGuiTableBgTarget_None                     = 0,
    ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0                   = 1,        // Set row background color 0 (generally used for background, automatically set when ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg is used)
    ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg1                   = 2,        // Set row background color 1 (generally used for selection marking)
    ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg                   = 3,        // Set cell background color (top-most color)
};

// Flags for ImGui::IsWindowFocused()
enum ImGuiFocusedFlags_
{
    ImGuiFocusedFlags_None                          = 0,
    ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows                  = 1 << 0,   // Return true if any children of the window is focused
    ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow                    = 1 << 1,   // Test from root window (top most parent of the current hierarchy)
    ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow                     = 1 << 2,   // Return true if any window is focused. Important: If you are trying to tell how to dispatch your low-level inputs, do NOT use this. Use 'io.WantCaptureMouse' instead! Please read the FAQ!
    ImGuiFocusedFlags_NoPopupHierarchy              = 1 << 3,   // Do not consider popup hierarchy (do not treat popup emitter as parent of popup) (when used with _ChildWindows or _RootWindow)
    ImGuiFocusedFlags_DockHierarchy                 = 1 << 4,   // Consider docking hierarchy (treat dockspace host as parent of docked window) (when used with _ChildWindows or _RootWindow)
    ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows           = ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows,
};

// Flags for ImGui::IsItemHovered(), ImGui::IsWindowHovered()
// Note: if you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to Dear ImGui or to your app, you should use 'io.WantCaptureMouse' instead! Please read the FAQ!
// Note: windows with the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs flag are ignored by IsWindowHovered() calls.
enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_
{
    ImGuiHoveredFlags_None                          = 0,        // Return true if directly over the item/window, not obstructed by another window, not obstructed by an active popup or modal blocking inputs under them.
    ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows                  = 1 << 0,   // IsWindowHovered() only: Return true if any children of the window is hovered
    ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow                    = 1 << 1,   // IsWindowHovered() only: Test from root window (top most parent of the current hierarchy)
    ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow                     = 1 << 2,   // IsWindowHovered() only: Return true if any window is hovered
    ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy              = 1 << 3,   // IsWindowHovered() only: Do not consider popup hierarchy (do not treat popup emitter as parent of popup) (when used with _ChildWindows or _RootWindow)
    ImGuiHoveredFlags_DockHierarchy                 = 1 << 4,   // IsWindowHovered() only: Consider docking hierarchy (treat dockspace host as parent of docked window) (when used with _ChildWindows or _RootWindow)
    ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup       = 1 << 5,   // Return true even if a popup window is normally blocking access to this item/window
    //ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByModal     = 1 << 6,   // Return true even if a modal popup window is normally blocking access to this item/window. FIXME-TODO: Unavailable yet.
    ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem  = 1 << 7,   // Return true even if an active item is blocking access to this item/window. Useful for Drag and Drop patterns.
    ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped           = 1 << 8,   // IsItemHovered() only: Return true even if the position is obstructed or overlapped by another window
    ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled             = 1 << 9,   // IsItemHovered() only: Return true even if the item is disabled
    ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoNavOverride                 = 1 << 10,  // Disable using gamepad/keyboard navigation state when active, always query mouse.
    ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly                      = ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped,
    ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows           = ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows,
};

// Flags for ImGui::DockSpace(), shared/inherited by child nodes.
// (Some flags can be applied to individual nodes directly)
// FIXME-DOCK: Also see ImGuiDockNodeFlagsPrivate_ which may involve using the WIP and internal DockBuilder api.
enum ImGuiDockNodeFlags_
{
    ImGuiDockNodeFlags_None                         = 0,
    ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly                = 1 << 0,   // Shared       // Don't display the dockspace node but keep it alive. Windows docked into this dockspace node won't be undocked.
    //ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoCentralNode              = 1 << 1,   // Shared       // Disable Central Node (the node which can stay empty)
    ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingInCentralNode       = 1 << 2,   // Shared       // Disable docking inside the Central Node, which will be always kept empty.
    ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode          = 1 << 3,   // Shared       // Enable passthru dockspace: 1) DockSpace() will render a ImGuiCol_WindowBg background covering everything excepted the Central Node when empty. Meaning the host window should probably use SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.0f) prior to Begin() when using this. 2) When Central Node is empty: let inputs pass-through + won't display a DockingEmptyBg background. See demo for details.
    ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoSplit                      = 1 << 4,   // Shared/Local // Disable splitting the node into smaller nodes. Useful e.g. when embedding dockspaces into a main root one (the root one may have splitting disabled to reduce confusion). Note: when turned off, existing splits will be preserved.
    ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResize                     = 1 << 5,   // Shared/Local // Disable resizing node using the splitter/separators. Useful with programmatically setup dockspaces.
    ImGuiDockNodeFlags_AutoHideTabBar               = 1 << 6,   // Shared/Local // Tab bar will automatically hide when there is a single window in the dock node.
};

// Flags for ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(), ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload()
enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_
{
    ImGuiDragDropFlags_None                         = 0,
    // BeginDragDropSource() flags
    ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip       = 1 << 0,   // By default, a successful call to BeginDragDropSource opens a tooltip so you can display a preview or description of the source contents. This flag disable this behavior.
    ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover         = 1 << 1,   // By default, when dragging we clear data so that IsItemHovered() will return false, to avoid subsequent user code submitting tooltips. This flag disable this behavior so you can still call IsItemHovered() on the source item.
    ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoHoldToOpenOthers     = 1 << 2,   // Disable the behavior that allows to open tree nodes and collapsing header by holding over them while dragging a source item.
    ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID            = 1 << 3,   // Allow items such as Text(), Image() that have no unique identifier to be used as drag source, by manufacturing a temporary identifier based on their window-relative position. This is extremely unusual within the dear imgui ecosystem and so we made it explicit.
    ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern                 = 1 << 4,   // External source (from outside of dear imgui), won't attempt to read current item/window info. Will always return true. Only one Extern source can be active simultaneously.
    ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAutoExpirePayload      = 1 << 5,   // Automatically expire the payload if the source cease to be submitted (otherwise payloads are persisting while being dragged)
    // AcceptDragDropPayload() flags
    ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery         = 1 << 10,  // AcceptDragDropPayload() will returns true even before the mouse button is released. You can then call IsDelivery() to test if the payload needs to be delivered.
    ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect      = 1 << 11,  // Do not draw the default highlight rectangle when hovering over target.
    ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip       = 1 << 12,  // Request hiding the BeginDragDropSource tooltip from the BeginDragDropTarget site.
    ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptPeekOnly               = ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery | ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect, // For peeking ahead and inspecting the payload before delivery.
};

// Standard Drag and Drop payload types. You can define you own payload types using short strings. Types starting with '_' are defined by Dear ImGui.
#define IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F     "_COL3F"    // float[3]: Standard type for colors, without alpha. User code may use this type.
#define IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F     "_COL4F"    // float[4]: Standard type for colors. User code may use this type.

// A primary data type
enum ImGuiDataType_
{
    ImGuiDataType_S8,       // signed char / char (with sensible compilers)
    ImGuiDataType_U8,       // unsigned char
    ImGuiDataType_S16,      // short
    ImGuiDataType_U16,      // unsigned short
    ImGuiDataType_S32,      // int
    ImGuiDataType_U32,      // unsigned int
    ImGuiDataType_S64,      // long long / __int64
    ImGuiDataType_U64,      // unsigned long long / unsigned __int64
    ImGuiDataType_Float,    // float
    ImGuiDataType_Double,   // double
    ImGuiDataType_COUNT
};

// A cardinal direction
enum ImGuiDir_
{
    ImGuiDir_None    = -1,
    ImGuiDir_Left    = 0,
    ImGuiDir_Right   = 1,
    ImGuiDir_Up      = 2,
    ImGuiDir_Down    = 3,
    ImGuiDir_COUNT
};

// A sorting direction
enum ImGuiSortDirection_
{
    ImGuiSortDirection_None         = 0,
    ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending    = 1,    // Ascending = 0->9, A->Z etc.
    ImGuiSortDirection_Descending   = 2     // Descending = 9->0, Z->A etc.
};

// Keys value 0 to 511 are left unused as legacy native/opaque key values (< 1.87)
// Keys value >= 512 are named keys (>= 1.87)
enum ImGuiKey_
{
    // Keyboard
    ImGuiKey_None = 0,
    ImGuiKey_Tab = 512,             // == ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN
    ImGuiKey_LeftArrow,
    ImGuiKey_RightArrow,
    ImGuiKey_UpArrow,
    ImGuiKey_DownArrow,
    ImGuiKey_PageUp,
    ImGuiKey_PageDown,
    ImGuiKey_Home,
    ImGuiKey_End,
    ImGuiKey_Insert,
    ImGuiKey_Delete,
    ImGuiKey_Backspace,
    ImGuiKey_Space,
    ImGuiKey_Enter,
    ImGuiKey_Escape,
    ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl, ImGuiKey_LeftShift, ImGuiKey_LeftAlt, ImGuiKey_LeftSuper,
    ImGuiKey_RightCtrl, ImGuiKey_RightShift, ImGuiKey_RightAlt, ImGuiKey_RightSuper,
    ImGuiKey_Menu,
    ImGuiKey_0, ImGuiKey_1, ImGuiKey_2, ImGuiKey_3, ImGuiKey_4, ImGuiKey_5, ImGuiKey_6, ImGuiKey_7, ImGuiKey_8, ImGuiKey_9,
    ImGuiKey_A, ImGuiKey_B, ImGuiKey_C, ImGuiKey_D, ImGuiKey_E, ImGuiKey_F, ImGuiKey_G, ImGuiKey_H, ImGuiKey_I, ImGuiKey_J,
    ImGuiKey_K, ImGuiKey_L, ImGuiKey_M, ImGuiKey_N, ImGuiKey_O, ImGuiKey_P, ImGuiKey_Q, ImGuiKey_R, ImGuiKey_S, ImGuiKey_T,
    ImGuiKey_U, ImGuiKey_V, ImGuiKey_W, ImGuiKey_X, ImGuiKey_Y, ImGuiKey_Z,
    ImGuiKey_F1, ImGuiKey_F2, ImGuiKey_F3, ImGuiKey_F4, ImGuiKey_F5, ImGuiKey_F6,
    ImGuiKey_F7, ImGuiKey_F8, ImGuiKey_F9, ImGuiKey_F10, ImGuiKey_F11, ImGuiKey_F12,
    ImGuiKey_Apostrophe,        // '
    ImGuiKey_Comma,             // ,
    ImGuiKey_Minus,             // -
    ImGuiKey_Period,            // .
    ImGuiKey_Slash,             // /
    ImGuiKey_Semicolon,         // ;
    ImGuiKey_Equal,             // =
    ImGuiKey_LeftBracket,       // [
    ImGuiKey_Backslash,         // \ (this text inhibit multiline comment caused by backslash)
    ImGuiKey_RightBracket,      // ]
    ImGuiKey_GraveAccent,       // `
    ImGuiKey_CapsLock,
    ImGuiKey_ScrollLock,
    ImGuiKey_NumLock,
    ImGuiKey_PrintScreen,
    ImGuiKey_Pause,
    ImGuiKey_Keypad0, ImGuiKey_Keypad1, ImGuiKey_Keypad2, ImGuiKey_Keypad3, ImGuiKey_Keypad4,
    ImGuiKey_Keypad5, ImGuiKey_Keypad6, ImGuiKey_Keypad7, ImGuiKey_Keypad8, ImGuiKey_Keypad9,
    ImGuiKey_KeypadDecimal,
    ImGuiKey_KeypadDivide,
    ImGuiKey_KeypadMultiply,
    ImGuiKey_KeypadSubtract,
    ImGuiKey_KeypadAdd,
    ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter,
    ImGuiKey_KeypadEqual,

    // Gamepad (some of those are analog values, 0.0f to 1.0f)                          // GAME NAVIGATION ACTION
    // (download controller mapping PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.org/controls_sheets)
    ImGuiKey_GamepadStart,          // Menu (Xbox)      + (Switch)   Start/Options (PS)
    ImGuiKey_GamepadBack,           // View (Xbox)      - (Switch)   Share (PS)
    ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft,       // X (Xbox)         Y (Switch)   Square (PS)        // Tap: Toggle Menu. Hold: Windowing mode (Focus/Move/Resize windows)
    ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight,      // B (Xbox)         A (Switch)   Circle (PS)        // Cancel / Close / Exit
    ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp,         // Y (Xbox)         X (Switch)   Triangle (PS)      // Text Input / On-screen Keyboard
    ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown,       // A (Xbox)         B (Switch)   Cross (PS)         // Activate / Open / Toggle / Tweak
    ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft,       // D-pad Left                                       // Move / Tweak / Resize Window (in Windowing mode)
    ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight,      // D-pad Right                                      // Move / Tweak / Resize Window (in Windowing mode)
    ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp,         // D-pad Up                                         // Move / Tweak / Resize Window (in Windowing mode)
    ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown,       // D-pad Down                                       // Move / Tweak / Resize Window (in Windowing mode)
    ImGuiKey_GamepadL1,             // L Bumper (Xbox)  L (Switch)   L1 (PS)            // Tweak Slower / Focus Previous (in Windowing mode)
    ImGuiKey_GamepadR1,             // R Bumper (Xbox)  R (Switch)   R1 (PS)            // Tweak Faster / Focus Next (in Windowing mode)
    ImGuiKey_GamepadL2,             // L Trig. (Xbox)   ZL (Switch)  L2 (PS) [Analog]
    ImGuiKey_GamepadR2,             // R Trig. (Xbox)   ZR (Switch)  R2 (PS) [Analog]
    ImGuiKey_GamepadL3,             // L Stick (Xbox)   L3 (Switch)  L3 (PS)
    ImGuiKey_GamepadR3,             // R Stick (Xbox)   R3 (Switch)  R3 (PS)
    ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft,     // [Analog]                                         // Move Window (in Windowing mode)
    ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight,    // [Analog]                                         // Move Window (in Windowing mode)
    ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp,       // [Analog]                                         // Move Window (in Windowing mode)
    ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown,     // [Analog]                                         // Move Window (in Windowing mode)
    ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickLeft,     // [Analog]
    ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickRight,    // [Analog]
    ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickUp,       // [Analog]
    ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickDown,     // [Analog]

    // Keyboard Modifiers (explicitly submitted by backend via AddKeyEvent() calls)
    // - This is mirroring the data also written to io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift, io.KeyAlt, io.KeySuper, in a format allowing
    //   them to be accessed via standard key API, allowing calls such as IsKeyPressed(), IsKeyReleased(), querying duration etc.
    // - Code polling every keys (e.g. an interface to detect a key press for input mapping) might want to ignore those
    //   and prefer using the real keys (e.g. ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl, ImGuiKey_RightCtrl instead of ImGuiKey_ModCtrl).
    // - In theory the value of keyboard modifiers should be roughly equivalent to a logical or of the equivalent left/right keys.
    //   In practice: it's complicated; mods are often provided from different sources. Keyboard layout, IME, sticky keys and
    //   backends tend to interfere and break that equivalence. The safer decision is to relay that ambiguity down to the end-user...
    ImGuiKey_ModCtrl, ImGuiKey_ModShift, ImGuiKey_ModAlt, ImGuiKey_ModSuper,

    // End of list
    ImGuiKey_COUNT,                 // No valid ImGuiKey is ever greater than this value

    // [Internal] Prior to 1.87 we required user to fill io.KeysDown[512] using their own native index + a io.KeyMap[] array.
    // We are ditching this method but keeping a legacy path for user code doing e.g. IsKeyPressed(MY_NATIVE_KEY_CODE)
    ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN         = 512,
    ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END           = ImGuiKey_COUNT,
    ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT         = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN,
#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
    ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE          = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT,          // Size of KeysData[]: only hold named keys
    ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET        = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN,          // First key stored in io.KeysData[0]. Accesses to io.KeysData[] must use (key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET).
#else
    ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE          = ImGuiKey_COUNT,                   // Size of KeysData[]: hold legacy 0..512 keycodes + named keys
    ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET        = 0,                                // First key stored in io.KeysData[0]. Accesses to io.KeysData[] must use (key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET).
#endif

#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
    ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter = ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter,    // Renamed in 1.87
#endif
};

// Helper "flags" version of key-mods to store and compare multiple key-mods easily. Sometimes used for storage (e.g. io.KeyMods) but otherwise not much used in public API.
enum ImGuiModFlags_
{
    ImGuiModFlags_None              = 0,
    ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl              = 1 << 0,
    ImGuiModFlags_Shift             = 1 << 1,
    ImGuiModFlags_Alt               = 1 << 2,   // Menu
    ImGuiModFlags_Super             = 1 << 3,   // Cmd/Super/Windows key
};

#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
// OBSOLETED in 1.88 (from July 2022): ImGuiNavInput and io.NavInputs[].
// Official backends between 1.60 and 1.86: will keep working and feed gamepad inputs as long as IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is not set.
// Custom backends: feed gamepad inputs via io.AddKeyEvent() and ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX enums.
enum ImGuiNavInput
{
    ImGuiNavInput_Activate, ImGuiNavInput_Cancel, ImGuiNavInput_Input, ImGuiNavInput_Menu, ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft, ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight, ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp, ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown,
    ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft, ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight, ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp, ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown, ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow, ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast,
    ImGuiNavInput_COUNT,
};
#endif

// Configuration flags stored in io.ConfigFlags. Set by user/application.
enum ImGuiConfigFlags_
{
    ImGuiConfigFlags_None                   = 0,
    ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard      = 1 << 0,   // Master keyboard navigation enable flag.
    ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad       = 1 << 1,   // Master gamepad navigation enable flag. Backend also needs to set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad.
    ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos   = 1 << 2,   // Instruct navigation to move the mouse cursor. May be useful on TV/console systems where moving a virtual mouse is awkward. Will update io.MousePos and set io.WantSetMousePos=true. If enabled you MUST honor io.WantSetMousePos requests in your backend, otherwise ImGui will react as if the mouse is jumping around back and forth.
    ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard   = 1 << 3,   // Instruct navigation to not set the io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag when io.NavActive is set.
    ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse                = 1 << 4,   // Instruct imgui to clear mouse position/buttons in NewFrame(). This allows ignoring the mouse information set by the backend.
    ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange    = 1 << 5,   // Instruct backend to not alter mouse cursor shape and visibility. Use if the backend cursor changes are interfering with yours and you don't want to use SetMouseCursor() to change mouse cursor. You may want to honor requests from imgui by reading GetMouseCursor() yourself instead.

    // [BETA] Docking
    ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable          = 1 << 6,   // Docking enable flags.

    // [BETA] Viewports
    // When using viewports it is recommended that your default value for ImGuiCol_WindowBg is opaque (Alpha=1.0) so transition to a viewport won't be noticeable.
    ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable        = 1 << 10,  // Viewport enable flags (require both ImGuiBackendFlags_PlatformHasViewports + ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasViewports set by the respective backends)
    ImGuiConfigFlags_DpiEnableScaleViewports= 1 << 14,  // [BETA: Don't use] FIXME-DPI: Reposition and resize imgui windows when the DpiScale of a viewport changed (mostly useful for the main viewport hosting other window). Note that resizing the main window itself is up to your application.
    ImGuiConfigFlags_DpiEnableScaleFonts    = 1 << 15,  // [BETA: Don't use] FIXME-DPI: Request bitmap-scaled fonts to match DpiScale. This is a very low-quality workaround. The correct way to handle DPI is _currently_ to replace the atlas and/or fonts in the Platform_OnChangedViewport callback, but this is all early work in progress.

    // User storage (to allow your backend/engine to communicate to code that may be shared between multiple projects. Those flags are NOT used by core Dear ImGui)
    ImGuiConfigFlags_IsSRGB                 = 1 << 20,  // Application is SRGB-aware.
    ImGuiConfigFlags_IsTouchScreen          = 1 << 21,  // Application is using a touch screen instead of a mouse.
};

// Backend capabilities flags stored in io.BackendFlags. Set by imgui_impl_xxx or custom backend.
enum ImGuiBackendFlags_
{
    ImGuiBackendFlags_None                  = 0,
    ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad            = 1 << 0,   // Backend Platform supports gamepad and currently has one connected.
    ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors       = 1 << 1,   // Backend Platform supports honoring GetMouseCursor() value to change the OS cursor shape.
    ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos        = 1 << 2,   // Backend Platform supports io.WantSetMousePos requests to reposition the OS mouse position (only used if ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos is set).
    ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset  = 1 << 3,   // Backend Renderer supports ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset. This enables output of large meshes (64K+ vertices) while still using 16-bit indices.

    // [BETA] Viewports
    ImGuiBackendFlags_PlatformHasViewports  = 1 << 10,  // Backend Platform supports multiple viewports.
    ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport=1 << 11,  // Backend Platform supports calling io.AddMouseViewportEvent() with the viewport under the mouse. IF POSSIBLE, ignore viewports with the ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs flag (Win32 backend, GLFW 3.30+ backend can do this, SDL backend cannot). If this cannot be done, Dear ImGui needs to use a flawed heuristic to find the viewport under.
    ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasViewports  = 1 << 12,  // Backend Renderer supports multiple viewports.
};

// Enumeration for PushStyleColor() / PopStyleColor()
enum ImGuiCol_
{
    ImGuiCol_Text,
    ImGuiCol_TextDisabled,
    ImGuiCol_WindowBg,              // Background of normal windows
    ImGuiCol_ChildBg,               // Background of child windows
    ImGuiCol_PopupBg,               // Background of popups, menus, tooltips windows
    ImGuiCol_Border,
    ImGuiCol_BorderShadow,
    ImGuiCol_FrameBg,               // Background of checkbox, radio button, plot, slider, text input
    ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered,
    ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive,
    ImGuiCol_TitleBg,
    ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive,
    ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed,
    ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg,
    ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg,
    ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab,
    ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered,
    ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive,
    ImGuiCol_CheckMark,
    ImGuiCol_SliderGrab,
    ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive,
    ImGuiCol_Button,
    ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered,
    ImGuiCol_ButtonActive,
    ImGuiCol_Header,                // Header* colors are used for CollapsingHeader, TreeNode, Selectable, MenuItem
    ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered,
    ImGuiCol_HeaderActive,
    ImGuiCol_Separator,
    ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered,
    ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive,
    ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip,            // Resize grip in lower-right and lower-left corners of windows.
    ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered,
    ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive,
    ImGuiCol_Tab,                   // TabItem in a TabBar
    ImGuiCol_TabHovered,
    ImGuiCol_TabActive,
    ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused,
    ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive,
    ImGuiCol_DockingPreview,        // Preview overlay color when about to docking something
    ImGuiCol_DockingEmptyBg,        // Background color for empty node (e.g. CentralNode with no window docked into it)
    ImGuiCol_PlotLines,
    ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered,
    ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram,
    ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered,
    ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg,         // Table header background
    ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong,     // Table outer and header borders (prefer using Alpha=1.0 here)
    ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight,      // Table inner borders (prefer using Alpha=1.0 here)
    ImGuiCol_TableRowBg,            // Table row background (even rows)
    ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt,         // Table row background (odd rows)
    ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg,
    ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget,        // Rectangle highlighting a drop target
    ImGuiCol_NavHighlight,          // Gamepad/keyboard: current highlighted item
    ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, // Highlight window when using CTRL+TAB
    ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg,     // Darken/colorize entire screen behind the CTRL+TAB window list, when active
    ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg,      // Darken/colorize entire screen behind a modal window, when one is active
    ImGuiCol_COUNT
};

// Enumeration for PushStyleVar() / PopStyleVar() to temporarily modify the ImGuiStyle structure.
// - The enum only refers to fields of ImGuiStyle which makes sense to be pushed/popped inside UI code.
//   During initialization or between frames, feel free to just poke into ImGuiStyle directly.
// - Tip: Use your programming IDE navigation facilities on the names in the _second column_ below to find the actual members and their description.
//   In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot.
//   With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments.
// - When changing this enum, you need to update the associated internal table GStyleVarInfo[] accordingly. This is where we link enum values to members offset/type.
enum ImGuiStyleVar_
{
    // Enum name --------------------- // Member in ImGuiStyle structure (see ImGuiStyle for descriptions)
    ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha,               // float     Alpha
    ImGuiStyleVar_DisabledAlpha,       // float     DisabledAlpha
    ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding,       // ImVec2    WindowPadding
    ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding,      // float     WindowRounding
    ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize,    // float     WindowBorderSize
    ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize,       // ImVec2    WindowMinSize
    ImGuiStyleVar_WindowTitleAlign,    // ImVec2    WindowTitleAlign
    ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding,       // float     ChildRounding
    ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize,     // float     ChildBorderSize
    ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding,       // float     PopupRounding
    ImGuiStyleVar_PopupBorderSize,     // float     PopupBorderSize
    ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding,        // ImVec2    FramePadding
    ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding,       // float     FrameRounding
    ImGuiStyleVar_FrameBorderSize,     // float     FrameBorderSize
    ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing,         // ImVec2    ItemSpacing
    ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing,    // ImVec2    ItemInnerSpacing
    ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing,       // float     IndentSpacing
    ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding,         // ImVec2    CellPadding
    ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize,       // float     ScrollbarSize
    ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding,   // float     ScrollbarRounding
    ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize,         // float     GrabMinSize
    ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding,        // float     GrabRounding
    ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding,         // float     TabRounding
    ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign,     // ImVec2    ButtonTextAlign
    ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign, // ImVec2    SelectableTextAlign
    ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT
};

// Flags for InvisibleButton() [extended in imgui_internal.h]
enum ImGuiButtonFlags_
{
    ImGuiButtonFlags_None                   = 0,
    ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft        = 1 << 0,   // React on left mouse button (default)
    ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight       = 1 << 1,   // React on right mouse button
    ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle      = 1 << 2,   // React on center mouse button

    // [Internal]
    ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMask_       = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle,
    ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonDefault_    = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft,
};

// Flags for ColorEdit3() / ColorEdit4() / ColorPicker3() / ColorPicker4() / ColorButton()
enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_
{
    ImGuiColorEditFlags_None            = 0,
    ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha         = 1 << 1,   //              // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: ignore Alpha component (will only read 3 components from the input pointer).
    ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker        = 1 << 2,   //              // ColorEdit: disable picker when clicking on color square.
    ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions       = 1 << 3,   //              // ColorEdit: disable toggling options menu when right-clicking on inputs/small preview.
    ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview  = 1 << 4,   //              // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable color square preview next to the inputs. (e.g. to show only the inputs)
    ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs        = 1 << 5,   //              // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable inputs sliders/text widgets (e.g. to show only the small preview color square).
    ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip       = 1 << 6,   //              // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: disable tooltip when hovering the preview.
    ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel         = 1 << 7,   //              // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable display of inline text label (the label is still forwarded to the tooltip and picker).
    ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview   = 1 << 8,   //              // ColorPicker: disable bigger color preview on right side of the picker, use small color square preview instead.
    ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop      = 1 << 9,   //              // ColorEdit: disable drag and drop target. ColorButton: disable drag and drop source.
    ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoBorder        = 1 << 10,  //              // ColorButton: disable border (which is enforced by default)

    // User Options (right-click on widget to change some of them).
    ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar        = 1 << 16,  //              // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: show vertical alpha bar/gradient in picker.
    ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview    = 1 << 17,  //              // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: display preview as a transparent color over a checkerboard, instead of opaque.
    ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf= 1 << 18,  //              // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: display half opaque / half checkerboard, instead of opaque.
    ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR             = 1 << 19,  //              // (WIP) ColorEdit: Currently only disable 0.0f..1.0f limits in RGBA edition (note: you probably want to use ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float flag as well).
    ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB      = 1 << 20,  // [Display]    // ColorEdit: override _display_ type among RGB/HSV/Hex. ColorPicker: select any combination using one or more of RGB/HSV/Hex.
    ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV      = 1 << 21,  // [Display]    // "
    ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex      = 1 << 22,  // [Display]    // "
    ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8           = 1 << 23,  // [DataType]   // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: _display_ values formatted as 0..255.
    ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float           = 1 << 24,  // [DataType]   // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: _display_ values formatted as 0.0f..1.0f floats instead of 0..255 integers. No round-trip of value via integers.
    ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar    = 1 << 25,  // [Picker]     // ColorPicker: bar for Hue, rectangle for Sat/Value.
    ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel  = 1 << 26,  // [Picker]     // ColorPicker: wheel for Hue, triangle for Sat/Value.
    ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB        = 1 << 27,  // [Input]      // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: input and output data in RGB format.
    ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV        = 1 << 28,  // [Input]      // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: input and output data in HSV format.

    // Defaults Options. You can set application defaults using SetColorEditOptions(). The intent is that you probably don't want to
    // override them in most of your calls. Let the user choose via the option menu and/or call SetColorEditOptions() once during startup.
    ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_ = ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar,

    // [Internal] Masks
    ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_    = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex,
    ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_   = ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float,
    ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_     = ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar,
    ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_      = ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV,

    // Obsolete names (will be removed)
    // ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex  // [renamed in 1.69]
};

// Flags for DragFloat(), DragInt(), SliderFloat(), SliderInt() etc.
// We use the same sets of flags for DragXXX() and SliderXXX() functions as the features are the same and it makes it easier to swap them.
enum ImGuiSliderFlags_
{
    ImGuiSliderFlags_None                   = 0,
    ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp            = 1 << 4,       // Clamp value to min/max bounds when input manually with CTRL+Click. By default CTRL+Click allows going out of bounds.
    ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic            = 1 << 5,       // Make the widget logarithmic (linear otherwise). Consider using ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat with this if using a format-string with small amount of digits.
    ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat        = 1 << 6,       // Disable rounding underlying value to match precision of the display format string (e.g. %.3f values are rounded to those 3 digits)
    ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput                = 1 << 7,       // Disable CTRL+Click or Enter key allowing to input text directly into the widget
    ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_           = 0x7000000F,   // [Internal] We treat using those bits as being potentially a 'float power' argument from the previous API that has got miscast to this enum, and will trigger an assert if needed.

    // Obsolete names (will be removed)
#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
    ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput = ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp, // [renamed in 1.79]
#endif
};

// Identify a mouse button.
// Those values are guaranteed to be stable and we frequently use 0/1 directly. Named enums provided for convenience.
enum ImGuiMouseButton_
{
    ImGuiMouseButton_Left = 0,
    ImGuiMouseButton_Right = 1,
    ImGuiMouseButton_Middle = 2,
    ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT = 5
};

// Enumeration for GetMouseCursor()
// User code may request backend to display given cursor by calling SetMouseCursor(), which is why we have some cursors that are marked unused here
enum ImGuiMouseCursor_
{
    ImGuiMouseCursor_None = -1,
    ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow = 0,
    ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput,         // When hovering over InputText, etc.
    ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll,         // (Unused by Dear ImGui functions)
    ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS,          // When hovering over an horizontal border
    ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW,          // When hovering over a vertical border or a column
    ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW,        // When hovering over the bottom-left corner of a window
    ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE,        // When hovering over the bottom-right corner of a window
    ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand,              // (Unused by Dear ImGui functions. Use for e.g. hyperlinks)
    ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed,        // When hovering something with disallowed interaction. Usually a crossed circle.
    ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT
};

// Enumeration for ImGui::SetWindow***(), SetNextWindow***(), SetNextItem***() functions
// Represent a condition.
// Important: Treat as a regular enum! Do NOT combine multiple values using binary operators! All the functions above treat 0 as a shortcut to ImGuiCond_Always.
enum ImGuiCond_
{
    ImGuiCond_None          = 0,        // No condition (always set the variable), same as _Always
    ImGuiCond_Always        = 1 << 0,   // No condition (always set the variable)
    ImGuiCond_Once          = 1 << 1,   // Set the variable once per runtime session (only the first call will succeed)
    ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver  = 1 << 2,   // Set the variable if the object/window has no persistently saved data (no entry in .ini file)
    ImGuiCond_Appearing     = 1 << 3,   // Set the variable if the object/window is appearing after being hidden/inactive (or the first time)
};

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Helpers: Memory allocations macros, ImVector<>
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// IM_MALLOC(), IM_FREE(), IM_NEW(), IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(), IM_DELETE()
// We call C++ constructor on own allocated memory via the placement "new(ptr) Type()" syntax.
// Defining a custom placement new() with a custom parameter allows us to bypass including <new> which on some platforms complains when user has disabled exceptions.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

struct ImNewWrapper {};
inline void* operator new(size_t, ImNewWrapper, void* ptr) { return ptr; }
inline void  operator delete(void*, ImNewWrapper, void*)   {} // This is only required so we can use the symmetrical new()
#define IM_ALLOC(_SIZE)                     ImGui::MemAlloc(_SIZE)
#define IM_FREE(_PTR)                       ImGui::MemFree(_PTR)
#define IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(_PTR)              new(ImNewWrapper(), _PTR)
#define IM_NEW(_TYPE)                       new(ImNewWrapper(), ImGui::MemAlloc(sizeof(_TYPE))) _TYPE
template<typename T> void IM_DELETE(T* p)   { if (p) { p->~T(); ImGui::MemFree(p); } }

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// ImVector<>
// Lightweight std::vector<>-like class to avoid dragging dependencies (also, some implementations of STL with debug enabled are absurdly slow, we bypass it so our code runs fast in debug).
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// - You generally do NOT need to care or use this ever. But we need to make it available in imgui.h because some of our public structures are relying on it.
// - We use std-like naming convention here, which is a little unusual for this codebase.
// - Important: clear() frees memory, resize(0) keep the allocated buffer. We use resize(0) a lot to intentionally recycle allocated buffers across frames and amortize our costs.
// - Important: our implementation does NOT call C++ constructors/destructors, we treat everything as raw data! This is intentional but be extra mindful of that,
//   Do NOT use this class as a std::vector replacement in your own code! Many of the structures used by dear imgui can be safely initialized by a zero-memset.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
template<typename T>
struct ImVector
{
    int                 Size;
    int                 Capacity;
    T*                  Data;

    // Provide standard typedefs but we don't use them ourselves.
    typedef T                   value_type;
    typedef value_type*         iterator;
    typedef const value_type*   const_iterator;

    // Constructors, destructor
    inline ImVector()                                       { Size = Capacity = 0; Data = NULL; }
    inline ImVector(const ImVector<T>& src)                 { Size = Capacity = 0; Data = NULL; operator=(src); }
    inline ImVector<T>& operator=(const ImVector<T>& src)   { clear(); resize(src.Size); memcpy(Data, src.Data, (size_t)Size * sizeof(T)); return *this; }
    inline ~ImVector()                                      { if (Data) IM_FREE(Data); } // Important: does not destruct anything

    inline void         clear()                             { if (Data) { Size = Capacity = 0; IM_FREE(Data); Data = NULL; } }  // Important: does not destruct anything
    inline void         clear_delete()                      { for (int n = 0; n < Size; n++) IM_DELETE(Data[n]); clear(); }     // Important: never called automatically! always explicit.
    inline void         clear_destruct()                    { for (int n = 0; n < Size; n++) Data[n].~T(); clear(); }           // Important: never called automatically! always explicit.

    inline bool         empty() const                       { return Size == 0; }
    inline int          size() const                        { return Size; }
    inline int          size_in_bytes() const               { return Size * (int)sizeof(T); }
    inline int          max_size() const                    { return 0x7FFFFFFF / (int)sizeof(T); }
    inline int          capacity() const                    { return Capacity; }
    inline T&           operator[](int i)                   { IM_ASSERT(i >= 0 && i < Size); return Data[i]; }
    inline const T&     operator[](int i) const             { IM_ASSERT(i >= 0 && i < Size); return Data[i]; }

    inline T*           begin()                             { return Data; }
    inline const T*     begin() const                       { return Data; }
    inline T*           end()                               { return Data + Size; }
    inline const T*     end() const                         { return Data + Size; }
    inline T&           front()                             { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[0]; }
    inline const T&     front() const                       { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[0]; }
    inline T&           back()                              { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[Size - 1]; }
    inline const T&     back() const                        { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[Size - 1]; }
    inline void         swap(ImVector<T>& rhs)              { int rhs_size = rhs.Size; rhs.Size = Size; Size = rhs_size; int rhs_cap = rhs.Capacity; rhs.Capacity = Capacity; Capacity = rhs_cap; T* rhs_data = rhs.Data; rhs.Data = Data; Data = rhs_data; }

    inline int          _grow_capacity(int sz) const        { int new_capacity = Capacity ? (Capacity + Capacity / 2) : 8; return new_capacity > sz ? new_capacity : sz; }
    inline void         resize(int new_size)                { if (new_size > Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(new_size)); Size = new_size; }
    inline void         resize(int new_size, const T& v)    { if (new_size > Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(new_size)); if (new_size > Size) for (int n = Size; n < new_size; n++) memcpy(&Data[n], &v, sizeof(v)); Size = new_size; }
    inline void         shrink(int new_size)                { IM_ASSERT(new_size <= Size); Size = new_size; } // Resize a vector to a smaller size, guaranteed not to cause a reallocation
    inline void         reserve(int new_capacity)           { if (new_capacity <= Capacity) return; T* new_data = (T*)IM_ALLOC((size_t)new_capacity * sizeof(T)); if (Data) { memcpy(new_data, Data, (size_t)Size * sizeof(T)); IM_FREE(Data); } Data = new_data; Capacity = new_capacity; }
    inline void         reserve_discard(int new_capacity)   { if (new_capacity <= Capacity) return; if (Data) IM_FREE(Data); Data = (T*)IM_ALLOC((size_t)new_capacity * sizeof(T)); Capacity = new_capacity; }

    // NB: It is illegal to call push_back/push_front/insert with a reference pointing inside the ImVector data itself! e.g. v.push_back(v[10]) is forbidden.
    inline void         push_back(const T& v)               { if (Size == Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(Size + 1)); memcpy(&Data[Size], &v, sizeof(v)); Size++; }
    inline void         pop_back()                          { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); Size--; }
    inline void         push_front(const T& v)              { if (Size == 0) push_back(v); else insert(Data, v); }
    inline T*           erase(const T* it)                  { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; memmove(Data + off, Data + off + 1, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off - 1) * sizeof(T)); Size--; return Data + off; }
    inline T*           erase(const T* it, const T* it_last){ IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size && it_last >= it && it_last <= Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t count = it_last - it; const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; memmove(Data + off, Data + off + count, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off - (size_t)count) * sizeof(T)); Size -= (int)count; return Data + off; }
    inline T*           erase_unsorted(const T* it)         { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size);  const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; if (it < Data + Size - 1) memcpy(Data + off, Data + Size - 1, sizeof(T)); Size--; return Data + off; }
    inline T*           insert(const T* it, const T& v)     { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it <= Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; if (Size == Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(Size + 1)); if (off < (int)Size) memmove(Data + off + 1, Data + off, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off) * sizeof(T)); memcpy(&Data[off], &v, sizeof(v)); Size++; return Data + off; }
    inline bool         contains(const T& v) const          { const T* data = Data;  const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data++ == v) return true; return false; }
    inline T*           find(const T& v)                    { T* data = Data;  const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data == v) break; else ++data; return data; }
    inline const T*     find(const T& v) const              { const T* data = Data;  const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data == v) break; else ++data; return data; }
    inline bool         find_erase(const T& v)              { const T* it = find(v); if (it < Data + Size) { erase(it); return true; } return false; }
    inline bool         find_erase_unsorted(const T& v)     { const T* it = find(v); if (it < Data + Size) { erase_unsorted(it); return true; } return false; }
    inline int          index_from_ptr(const T* it) const   { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; return (int)off; }
};
IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] ImGuiStyle
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// You may modify the ImGui::GetStyle() main instance during initialization and before NewFrame().
// During the frame, use ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_XXXX)/PopStyleVar() to alter the main style values,
// and ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_XXX)/PopStyleColor() for colors.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

struct ImGuiStyle
{
    float       Alpha;                      // Global alpha applies to everything in Dear ImGui.
    float       DisabledAlpha;              // Additional alpha multiplier applied by BeginDisabled(). Multiply over current value of Alpha.
    ImVec2      WindowPadding;              // Padding within a window.
    float       WindowRounding;             // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended.
    float       WindowBorderSize;           // Thickness of border around windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly).
    ImVec2      WindowMinSize;              // Minimum window size. This is a global setting. If you want to constraint individual windows, use SetNextWindowSizeConstraints().
    ImVec2      WindowTitleAlign;           // Alignment for title bar text. Defaults to (0.0f,0.5f) for left-aligned,vertically centered.
    ImGuiDir    WindowMenuButtonPosition;   // Side of the collapsing/docking button in the title bar (None/Left/Right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Left.
    float       ChildRounding;              // Radius of child window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows.
    float       ChildBorderSize;            // Thickness of border around child windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly).
    float       PopupRounding;              // Radius of popup window corners rounding. (Note that tooltip windows use WindowRounding)
    float       PopupBorderSize;            // Thickness of border around popup/tooltip windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly).
    ImVec2      FramePadding;               // Padding within a framed rectangle (used by most widgets).
    float       FrameRounding;              // Radius of frame corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular frame (used by most widgets).
    float       FrameBorderSize;            // Thickness of border around frames. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly).
    ImVec2      ItemSpacing;                // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines.
    ImVec2      ItemInnerSpacing;           // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label).
    ImVec2      CellPadding;                // Padding within a table cell
    ImVec2      TouchExtraPadding;          // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much!
    float       IndentSpacing;              // Horizontal indentation when e.g. entering a tree node. Generally == (FontSize + FramePadding.x*2).
    float       ColumnsMinSpacing;          // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns. Preferably > (FramePadding.x + 1).
    float       ScrollbarSize;              // Width of the vertical scrollbar, Height of the horizontal scrollbar.
    float       ScrollbarRounding;          // Radius of grab corners for scrollbar.
    float       GrabMinSize;                // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar.
    float       GrabRounding;               // Radius of grabs corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular slider grabs.
    float       LogSliderDeadzone;          // The size in pixels of the dead-zone around zero on logarithmic sliders that cross zero.
    float       TabRounding;                // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs.
    float       TabBorderSize;              // Thickness of border around tabs.
    float       TabMinWidthForCloseButton;  // Minimum width for close button to appears on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected.
    ImGuiDir    ColorButtonPosition;        // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right.
    ImVec2      ButtonTextAlign;            // Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. Defaults to (0.5f, 0.5f) (centered).
    ImVec2      SelectableTextAlign;        // Alignment of selectable text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned). It's generally important to keep this left-aligned if you want to lay multiple items on a same line.
    ImVec2      DisplayWindowPadding;       // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area or monitors by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows.
    ImVec2      DisplaySafeAreaPadding;     // If you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Apply to popups/tooltips as well regular windows. NB: Prefer configuring your TV sets correctly!
    float       MouseCursorScale;           // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). We apply per-monitor DPI scaling over this scale. May be removed later.
    bool        AntiAliasedLines;           // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList).
    bool        AntiAliasedLinesUseTex;     // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures where possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering). Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList).
    bool        AntiAliasedFill;            // Enable anti-aliased edges around filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.). Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList).
    float       CurveTessellationTol;       // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() without a specific number of segments. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality.
    float       CircleTessellationMaxError; // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry.
    ImVec4      Colors[ImGuiCol_COUNT];

    IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle();
    IMGUI_API void ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor);
};

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] ImGuiIO
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Communicate most settings and inputs/outputs to Dear ImGui using this structure.
// Access via ImGui::GetIO(). Read 'Programmer guide' section in .cpp file for general usage.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

// [Internal] Storage used by IsKeyDown(), IsKeyPressed() etc functions.
// If prior to 1.87 you used io.KeysDownDuration[] (which was marked as internal), you should use GetKeyData(key)->DownDuration and not io.KeysData[key]->DownDuration.
struct ImGuiKeyData
{
    bool        Down;               // True for if key is down
    float       DownDuration;       // Duration the key has been down (<0.0f: not pressed, 0.0f: just pressed, >0.0f: time held)
    float       DownDurationPrev;   // Last frame duration the key has been down
    float       AnalogValue;        // 0.0f..1.0f for gamepad values
};

struct ImGuiIO
{
    //------------------------------------------------------------------
    // Configuration                            // Default value
    //------------------------------------------------------------------

    ImGuiConfigFlags   ConfigFlags;             // = 0              // See ImGuiConfigFlags_ enum. Set by user/application. Gamepad/keyboard navigation options, etc.
    ImGuiBackendFlags  BackendFlags;            // = 0              // See ImGuiBackendFlags_ enum. Set by backend (imgui_impl_xxx files or custom backend) to communicate features supported by the backend.
    ImVec2      DisplaySize;                    // <unset>          // Main display size, in pixels (generally == GetMainViewport()->Size). May change every frame.
    float       DeltaTime;                      // = 1.0f/60.0f     // Time elapsed since last frame, in seconds. May change every frame.
    float       IniSavingRate;                  // = 5.0f           // Minimum time between saving positions/sizes to .ini file, in seconds.
    const char* IniFilename;                    // = "imgui.ini"    // Path to .ini file (important: default "imgui.ini" is relative to current working dir!). Set NULL to disable automatic .ini loading/saving or if you want to manually call LoadIniSettingsXXX() / SaveIniSettingsXXX() functions.
    const char* LogFilename;                    // = "imgui_log.txt"// Path to .log file (default parameter to ImGui::LogToFile when no file is specified).
    float       MouseDoubleClickTime;           // = 0.30f          // Time for a double-click, in seconds.
    float       MouseDoubleClickMaxDist;        // = 6.0f           // Distance threshold to stay in to validate a double-click, in pixels.
    float       MouseDragThreshold;             // = 6.0f           // Distance threshold before considering we are dragging.
    float       KeyRepeatDelay;                 // = 0.250f         // When holding a key/button, time before it starts repeating, in seconds (for buttons in Repeat mode, etc.).
    float       KeyRepeatRate;                  // = 0.050f         // When holding a key/button, rate at which it repeats, in seconds.
    void*       UserData;                       // = NULL           // Store your own data for retrieval by callbacks.

    ImFontAtlas*Fonts;                          // <auto>           // Font atlas: load, rasterize and pack one or more fonts into a single texture.
    float       FontGlobalScale;                // = 1.0f           // Global scale all fonts
    bool        FontAllowUserScaling;           // = false          // Allow user scaling text of individual window with CTRL+Wheel.
    ImFont*     FontDefault;                    // = NULL           // Font to use on NewFrame(). Use NULL to uses Fonts->Fonts[0].
    ImVec2      DisplayFramebufferScale;        // = (1, 1)         // For retina display or other situations where window coordinates are different from framebuffer coordinates. This generally ends up in ImDrawData::FramebufferScale.

    // Docking options (when ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable is set)
    bool        ConfigDockingNoSplit;           // = false          // Simplified docking mode: disable window splitting, so docking is limited to merging multiple windows together into tab-bars.
    bool        ConfigDockingWithShift;         // = false          // Enable docking with holding Shift key (reduce visual noise, allows dropping in wider space)
    bool        ConfigDockingAlwaysTabBar;      // = false          // [BETA] [FIXME: This currently creates regression with auto-sizing and general overhead] Make every single floating window display within a docking node.
    bool        ConfigDockingTransparentPayload;// = false          // [BETA] Make window or viewport transparent when docking and only display docking boxes on the target viewport. Useful if rendering of multiple viewport cannot be synced. Best used with ConfigViewportsNoAutoMerge.

    // Viewport options (when ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable is set)
    bool        ConfigViewportsNoAutoMerge;     // = false;         // Set to make all floating imgui windows always create their own viewport. Otherwise, they are merged into the main host viewports when overlapping it. May also set ImGuiViewportFlags_NoAutoMerge on individual viewport.
    bool        ConfigViewportsNoTaskBarIcon;   // = false          // Disable default OS task bar icon flag for secondary viewports. When a viewport doesn't want a task bar icon, ImGuiViewportFlags_NoTaskBarIcon will be set on it.
    bool        ConfigViewportsNoDecoration;    // = true           // Disable default OS window decoration flag for secondary viewports. When a viewport doesn't want window decorations, ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration will be set on it. Enabling decoration can create subsequent issues at OS levels (e.g. minimum window size).
    bool        ConfigViewportsNoDefaultParent; // = false          // Disable default OS parenting to main viewport for secondary viewports. By default, viewports are marked with ParentViewportId = <main_viewport>, expecting the platform backend to setup a parent/child relationship between the OS windows (some backend may ignore this). Set to true if you want the default to be 0, then all viewports will be top-level OS windows.

    // Miscellaneous options
    bool        MouseDrawCursor;                // = false          // Request ImGui to draw a mouse cursor for you (if you are on a platform without a mouse cursor). Cannot be easily renamed to 'io.ConfigXXX' because this is frequently used by backend implementations.
    bool        ConfigMacOSXBehaviors;          // = defined(__APPLE__) // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl, Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl, Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End, Double click selects by word instead of selecting whole text, Multi-selection in lists uses Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl.
    bool        ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue;   // = true           // Enable input queue trickling: some types of events submitted during the same frame (e.g. button down + up) will be spread over multiple frames, improving interactions with low framerates.
    bool        ConfigInputTextCursorBlink;     // = true           // Enable blinking cursor (optional as some users consider it to be distracting).
    bool        ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive; // = false          // [BETA] Pressing Enter will keep item active and select contents (single-line only).
    bool        ConfigDragClickToInputText;     // = false          // [BETA] Enable turning DragXXX widgets into text input with a simple mouse click-release (without moving). Not desirable on devices without a keyboard.
    bool        ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges;   // = true           // Enable resizing of windows from their edges and from the lower-left corner. This requires (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) because it needs mouse cursor feedback. (This used to be a per-window ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide flag)
    bool        ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly; // = false       // Enable allowing to move windows only when clicking on their title bar. Does not apply to windows without a title bar.
    float       ConfigMemoryCompactTimer;       // = 60.0f          // Timer (in seconds) to free transient windows/tables memory buffers when unused. Set to -1.0f to disable.

    //------------------------------------------------------------------
    // Platform Functions
    // (the imgui_impl_xxxx backend files are setting those up for you)
    //------------------------------------------------------------------

    // Optional: Platform/Renderer backend name (informational only! will be displayed in About Window) + User data for backend/wrappers to store their own stuff.
    const char* BackendPlatformName;            // = NULL
    const char* BackendRendererName;            // = NULL
    void*       BackendPlatformUserData;        // = NULL           // User data for platform backend
    void*       BackendRendererUserData;        // = NULL           // User data for renderer backend
    void*       BackendLanguageUserData;        // = NULL           // User data for non C++ programming language backend

    // Optional: Access OS clipboard
    // (default to use native Win32 clipboard on Windows, otherwise uses a private clipboard. Override to access OS clipboard on other architectures)
    const char* (*GetClipboardTextFn)(void* user_data);
    void        (*SetClipboardTextFn)(void* user_data, const char* text);
    void*       ClipboardUserData;

    // Optional: Notify OS Input Method Editor of the screen position of your cursor for text input position (e.g. when using Japanese/Chinese IME on Windows)
    // (default to use native imm32 api on Windows)
    void        (*SetPlatformImeDataFn)(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data);
#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
    void*       ImeWindowHandle;                // = NULL           // [Obsolete] Set ImGuiViewport::PlatformHandleRaw instead. Set this to your HWND to get automatic IME cursor positioning.
#else
    void*       _UnusedPadding;                                     // Unused field to keep data structure the same size.
#endif

    //------------------------------------------------------------------
    // Input - Call before calling NewFrame()
    //------------------------------------------------------------------

    // Input Functions
    IMGUI_API void  AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down);                   // Queue a new key down/up event. Key should be "translated" (as in, generally ImGuiKey_A matches the key end-user would use to emit an 'A' character)
    IMGUI_API void  AddKeyAnalogEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down, float v);    // Queue a new key down/up event for analog values (e.g. ImGuiKey_Gamepad_ values). Dead-zones should be handled by the backend.
    IMGUI_API void  AddMousePosEvent(float x, float y);                     // Queue a mouse position update. Use -FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX to signify no mouse (e.g. app not focused and not hovered)
    IMGUI_API void  AddMouseButtonEvent(int button, bool down);             // Queue a mouse button change
    IMGUI_API void  AddMouseWheelEvent(float wh_x, float wh_y);             // Queue a mouse wheel update
    IMGUI_API void  AddMouseViewportEvent(ImGuiID id);                      // Queue a mouse hovered viewport. Requires backend to set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport to call this (for multi-viewport support).
    IMGUI_API void  AddFocusEvent(bool focused);                            // Queue a gain/loss of focus for the application (generally based on OS/platform focus of your window)
    IMGUI_API void  AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c);                      // Queue a new character input
    IMGUI_API void  AddInputCharacterUTF16(ImWchar16 c);                    // Queue a new character input from an UTF-16 character, it can be a surrogate
    IMGUI_API void  AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* str);                // Queue a new characters input from an UTF-8 string

    IMGUI_API void  SetKeyEventNativeData(ImGuiKey key, int native_keycode, int native_scancode, int native_legacy_index = -1); // [Optional] Specify index for legacy <1.87 IsKeyXXX() functions with native indices + specify native keycode, scancode.
    IMGUI_API void  SetAppAcceptingEvents(bool accepting_events);           // Set master flag for accepting key/mouse/text events (default to true). Useful if you have native dialog boxes that are interrupting your application loop/refresh, and you want to disable events being queued while your app is frozen.
    IMGUI_API void  ClearInputCharacters();                                 // [Internal] Clear the text input buffer manually
    IMGUI_API void  ClearInputKeys();                                       // [Internal] Release all keys

    //------------------------------------------------------------------
    // Output - Updated by NewFrame() or EndFrame()/Render()
    // (when reading from the io.WantCaptureMouse, io.WantCaptureKeyboard flags to dispatch your inputs, it is
    //  generally easier and more correct to use their state BEFORE calling NewFrame(). See FAQ for details!)
    //------------------------------------------------------------------

    bool        WantCaptureMouse;                   // Set when Dear ImGui will use mouse inputs, in this case do not dispatch them to your main game/application (either way, always pass on mouse inputs to imgui). (e.g. unclicked mouse is hovering over an imgui window, widget is active, mouse was clicked over an imgui window, etc.).
    bool        WantCaptureKeyboard;                // Set when Dear ImGui will use keyboard inputs, in this case do not dispatch them to your main game/application (either way, always pass keyboard inputs to imgui). (e.g. InputText active, or an imgui window is focused and navigation is enabled, etc.).
    bool        WantTextInput;                      // Mobile/console: when set, you may display an on-screen keyboard. This is set by Dear ImGui when it wants textual keyboard input to happen (e.g. when a InputText widget is active).
    bool        WantSetMousePos;                    // MousePos has been altered, backend should reposition mouse on next frame. Rarely used! Set only when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos flag is enabled.
    bool        WantSaveIniSettings;                // When manual .ini load/save is active (io.IniFilename == NULL), this will be set to notify your application that you can call SaveIniSettingsToMemory() and save yourself. Important: clear io.WantSaveIniSettings yourself after saving!
    bool        NavActive;                          // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation is currently allowed (will handle ImGuiKey_NavXXX events) = a window is focused and it doesn't use the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag.
    bool        NavVisible;                         // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation is visible and allowed (will handle ImGuiKey_NavXXX events).
    float       Framerate;                          // Estimate of application framerate (rolling average over 60 frames, based on io.DeltaTime), in frame per second. Solely for convenience. Slow applications may not want to use a moving average or may want to reset underlying buffers occasionally.
    int         MetricsRenderVertices;              // Vertices output during last call to Render()
    int         MetricsRenderIndices;               // Indices output during last call to Render() = number of triangles * 3
    int         MetricsRenderWindows;               // Number of visible windows
    int         MetricsActiveWindows;               // Number of active windows
    int         MetricsActiveAllocations;           // Number of active allocations, updated by MemAlloc/MemFree based on current context. May be off if you have multiple imgui contexts.
    ImVec2      MouseDelta;                         // Mouse delta. Note that this is zero if either current or previous position are invalid (-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX), so a disappearing/reappearing mouse won't have a huge delta.

    // Legacy: before 1.87, we required backend to fill io.KeyMap[] (imgui->native map) during initialization and io.KeysDown[] (native indices) every frame.
    // This is still temporarily supported as a legacy feature. However the new preferred scheme is for backend to call io.AddKeyEvent().
#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
    int         KeyMap[ImGuiKey_COUNT];             // [LEGACY] Input: map of indices into the KeysDown[512] entries array which represent your "native" keyboard state. The first 512 are now unused and should be kept zero. Legacy backend will write into KeyMap[] using ImGuiKey_ indices which are always >512.
    bool        KeysDown[ImGuiKey_COUNT];           // [LEGACY] Input: Keyboard keys that are pressed (ideally left in the "native" order your engine has access to keyboard keys, so you can use your own defines/enums for keys). This used to be [512] sized. It is now ImGuiKey_COUNT to allow legacy io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex(...)] to work without an overflow.
    float       NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT];     // [LEGACY] Since 1.88, NavInputs[] was removed. Backends from 1.60 to 1.86 won't build. Feed gamepad inputs via io.AddKeyEvent() and ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX enums.
#endif

    //------------------------------------------------------------------
    // [Internal] Dear ImGui will maintain those fields. Forward compatibility not guaranteed!
    //------------------------------------------------------------------

    // Main Input State
    // (this block used to be written by backend, since 1.87 it is best to NOT write to those directly, call the AddXXX functions above instead)
    // (reading from those variables is fair game, as they are extremely unlikely to be moving anywhere)
    ImVec2      MousePos;                           // Mouse position, in pixels. Set to ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX) if mouse is unavailable (on another screen, etc.)
    bool        MouseDown[5];                       // Mouse buttons: 0=left, 1=right, 2=middle + extras (ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT == 5). Dear ImGui mostly uses left and right buttons. Others buttons allows us to track if the mouse is being used by your application + available to user as a convenience via IsMouse** API.
    float       MouseWheel;                         // Mouse wheel Vertical: 1 unit scrolls about 5 lines text.
    float       MouseWheelH;                        // Mouse wheel Horizontal. Most users don't have a mouse with an horizontal wheel, may not be filled by all backends.
    ImGuiID     MouseHoveredViewport;               // (Optional) Modify using io.AddMouseViewportEvent(). With multi-viewports: viewport the OS mouse is hovering. If possible _IGNORING_ viewports with the ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs flag is much better (few backends can handle that). Set io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport if you can provide this info. If you don't imgui will infer the value using the rectangles and last focused time of the viewports it knows about (ignoring other OS windows).
    bool        KeyCtrl;                            // Keyboard modifier down: Control
    bool        KeyShift;                           // Keyboard modifier down: Shift
    bool        KeyAlt;                             // Keyboard modifier down: Alt
    bool        KeySuper;                           // Keyboard modifier down: Cmd/Super/Windows

    // Other state maintained from data above + IO function calls
    ImGuiModFlags KeyMods;                          // Key mods flags (same as io.KeyCtrl/KeyShift/KeyAlt/KeySuper but merged into flags), updated by NewFrame()
    ImGuiKeyData KeysData[ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE];  // Key state for all known keys. Use IsKeyXXX() functions to access this.
    bool        WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose;   // Alternative to WantCaptureMouse: (WantCaptureMouse == true && WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose == false) when a click over void is expected to close a popup.
    ImVec2      MousePosPrev;                       // Previous mouse position (note that MouseDelta is not necessary == MousePos-MousePosPrev, in case either position is invalid)
    ImVec2      MouseClickedPos[5];                 // Position at time of clicking
    double      MouseClickedTime[5];                // Time of last click (used to figure out double-click)
    bool        MouseClicked[5];                    // Mouse button went from !Down to Down (same as MouseClickedCount[x] != 0)
    bool        MouseDoubleClicked[5];              // Has mouse button been double-clicked? (same as MouseClickedCount[x] == 2)
    ImU16       MouseClickedCount[5];               // == 0 (not clicked), == 1 (same as MouseClicked[]), == 2 (double-clicked), == 3 (triple-clicked) etc. when going from !Down to Down
    ImU16       MouseClickedLastCount[5];           // Count successive number of clicks. Stays valid after mouse release. Reset after another click is done.
    bool        MouseReleased[5];                   // Mouse button went from Down to !Down
    bool        MouseDownOwned[5];                  // Track if button was clicked inside a dear imgui window or over void blocked by a popup. We don't request mouse capture from the application if click started outside ImGui bounds.
    bool        MouseDownOwnedUnlessPopupClose[5];  // Track if button was clicked inside a dear imgui window.
    float       MouseDownDuration[5];               // Duration the mouse button has been down (0.0f == just clicked)
    float       MouseDownDurationPrev[5];           // Previous time the mouse button has been down
    ImVec2      MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[5];         // Maximum distance, absolute, on each axis, of how much mouse has traveled from the clicking point
    float       MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[5];         // Squared maximum distance of how much mouse has traveled from the clicking point (used for moving thresholds)
    float       PenPressure;                        // Touch/Pen pressure (0.0f to 1.0f, should be >0.0f only when MouseDown[0] == true). Helper storage currently unused by Dear ImGui.
    bool        AppFocusLost;                       // Only modify via AddFocusEvent()
    bool        AppAcceptingEvents;                 // Only modify via SetAppAcceptingEvents()
    ImS8        BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays;        // -1: unknown, 0: using AddKeyEvent(), 1: using legacy io.KeysDown[]
    bool        BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray;    // 0: using AddKeyAnalogEvent(), 1: writing to legacy io.NavInputs[] directly
    ImWchar16   InputQueueSurrogate;                // For AddInputCharacterUTF16()
    ImVector<ImWchar> InputQueueCharacters;         // Queue of _characters_ input (obtained by platform backend). Fill using AddInputCharacter() helper.

    IMGUI_API   ImGuiIO();
};

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Misc data structures
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

// Shared state of InputText(), passed as an argument to your callback when a ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback* flag is used.
// The callback function should return 0 by default.
// Callbacks (follow a flag name and see comments in ImGuiInputTextFlags_ declarations for more details)
// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit:        Callback on buffer edit (note that InputText() already returns true on edit, the callback is useful mainly to manipulate the underlying buffer while focus is active)
// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways:      Callback on each iteration
// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion:  Callback on pressing TAB
// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory:     Callback on pressing Up/Down arrows
// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter:  Callback on character inputs to replace or discard them. Modify 'EventChar' to replace or discard, or return 1 in callback to discard.
// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize:      Callback on buffer capacity changes request (beyond 'buf_size' parameter value), allowing the string to grow.
struct ImGuiInputTextCallbackData
{
    ImGuiInputTextFlags EventFlag;      // One ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback*    // Read-only
    ImGuiInputTextFlags Flags;          // What user passed to InputText()      // Read-only
    void*               UserData;       // What user passed to InputText()      // Read-only

    // Arguments for the different callback events
    // - To modify the text buffer in a callback, prefer using the InsertChars() / DeleteChars() function. InsertChars() will take care of calling the resize callback if necessary.
    // - If you know your edits are not going to resize the underlying buffer allocation, you may modify the contents of 'Buf[]' directly. You need to update 'BufTextLen' accordingly (0 <= BufTextLen < BufSize) and set 'BufDirty'' to true so InputText can update its internal state.
    ImWchar             EventChar;      // Character input                      // Read-write   // [CharFilter] Replace character with another one, or set to zero to drop. return 1 is equivalent to setting EventChar=0;
    ImGuiKey            EventKey;       // Key pressed (Up/Down/TAB)            // Read-only    // [Completion,History]
    char*               Buf;            // Text buffer                          // Read-write   // [Resize] Can replace pointer / [Completion,History,Always] Only write to pointed data, don't replace the actual pointer!
    int                 BufTextLen;     // Text length (in bytes)               // Read-write   // [Resize,Completion,History,Always] Exclude zero-terminator storage. In C land: == strlen(some_text), in C++ land: string.length()
    int                 BufSize;        // Buffer size (in bytes) = capacity+1  // Read-only    // [Resize,Completion,History,Always] Include zero-terminator storage. In C land == ARRAYSIZE(my_char_array), in C++ land: string.capacity()+1
    bool                BufDirty;       // Set if you modify Buf/BufTextLen!    // Write        // [Completion,History,Always]
    int                 CursorPos;      //                                      // Read-write   // [Completion,History,Always]
    int                 SelectionStart; //                                      // Read-write   // [Completion,History,Always] == to SelectionEnd when no selection)
    int                 SelectionEnd;   //                                      // Read-write   // [Completion,History,Always]

    // Helper functions for text manipulation.
    // Use those function to benefit from the CallbackResize behaviors. Calling those function reset the selection.
    IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextCallbackData();
    IMGUI_API void      DeleteChars(int pos, int bytes_count);
    IMGUI_API void      InsertChars(int pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL);
    void                SelectAll()             { SelectionStart = 0; SelectionEnd = BufTextLen; }
    void                ClearSelection()        { SelectionStart = SelectionEnd = BufTextLen; }
    bool                HasSelection() const    { return SelectionStart != SelectionEnd; }
};

// Resizing callback data to apply custom constraint. As enabled by SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(). Callback is called during the next Begin().
// NB: For basic min/max size constraint on each axis you don't need to use the callback! The SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() parameters are enough.
struct ImGuiSizeCallbackData
{
    void*   UserData;       // Read-only.   What user passed to SetNextWindowSizeConstraints()
    ImVec2  Pos;            // Read-only.   Window position, for reference.
    ImVec2  CurrentSize;    // Read-only.   Current window size.
    ImVec2  DesiredSize;    // Read-write.  Desired size, based on user's mouse position. Write to this field to restrain resizing.
};

// [ALPHA] Rarely used / very advanced uses only. Use with SetNextWindowClass() and DockSpace() functions.
// Important: the content of this class is still highly WIP and likely to change and be refactored
// before we stabilize Docking features. Please be mindful if using this.
// Provide hints:
// - To the platform backend via altered viewport flags (enable/disable OS decoration, OS task bar icons, etc.)
// - To the platform backend for OS level parent/child relationships of viewport.
// - To the docking system for various options and filtering.
struct ImGuiWindowClass
{
    ImGuiID             ClassId;                    // User data. 0 = Default class (unclassed). Windows of different classes cannot be docked with each others.
    ImGuiID             ParentViewportId;           // Hint for the platform backend. -1: use default. 0: request platform backend to not parent the platform. != 0: request platform backend to create a parent<>child relationship between the platform windows. Not conforming backends are free to e.g. parent every viewport to the main viewport or not.
    ImGuiViewportFlags  ViewportFlagsOverrideSet;   // Viewport flags to set when a window of this class owns a viewport. This allows you to enforce OS decoration or task bar icon, override the defaults on a per-window basis.
    ImGuiViewportFlags  ViewportFlagsOverrideClear; // Viewport flags to clear when a window of this class owns a viewport. This allows you to enforce OS decoration or task bar icon, override the defaults on a per-window basis.
    ImGuiTabItemFlags   TabItemFlagsOverrideSet;    // [EXPERIMENTAL] TabItem flags to set when a window of this class gets submitted into a dock node tab bar. May use with ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading or ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing.
    ImGuiDockNodeFlags  DockNodeFlagsOverrideSet;   // [EXPERIMENTAL] Dock node flags to set when a window of this class is hosted by a dock node (it doesn't have to be selected!)
    bool                DockingAlwaysTabBar;        // Set to true to enforce single floating windows of this class always having their own docking node (equivalent of setting the global io.ConfigDockingAlwaysTabBar)
    bool                DockingAllowUnclassed;      // Set to true to allow windows of this class to be docked/merged with an unclassed window. // FIXME-DOCK: Move to DockNodeFlags override?

    ImGuiWindowClass() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); ParentViewportId = (ImGuiID)-1; DockingAllowUnclassed = true; }
};

// Data payload for Drag and Drop operations: AcceptDragDropPayload(), GetDragDropPayload()
struct ImGuiPayload
{
    // Members
    void*           Data;               // Data (copied and owned by dear imgui)
    int             DataSize;           // Data size

    // [Internal]
    ImGuiID         SourceId;           // Source item id
    ImGuiID         SourceParentId;     // Source parent id (if available)
    int             DataFrameCount;     // Data timestamp
    char            DataType[32 + 1];   // Data type tag (short user-supplied string, 32 characters max)
    bool            Preview;            // Set when AcceptDragDropPayload() was called and mouse has been hovering the target item (nb: handle overlapping drag targets)
    bool            Delivery;           // Set when AcceptDragDropPayload() was called and mouse button is released over the target item.

    ImGuiPayload()  { Clear(); }
    void Clear()    { SourceId = SourceParentId = 0; Data = NULL; DataSize = 0; memset(DataType, 0, sizeof(DataType)); DataFrameCount = -1; Preview = Delivery = false; }
    bool IsDataType(const char* type) const { return DataFrameCount != -1 && strcmp(type, DataType) == 0; }
    bool IsPreview() const                  { return Preview; }
    bool IsDelivery() const                 { return Delivery; }
};

// Sorting specification for one column of a table (sizeof == 12 bytes)
struct ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs
{
    ImGuiID                     ColumnUserID;       // User id of the column (if specified by a TableSetupColumn() call)
    ImS16                       ColumnIndex;        // Index of the column
    ImS16                       SortOrder;          // Index within parent ImGuiTableSortSpecs (always stored in order starting from 0, tables sorted on a single criteria will always have a 0 here)
    ImGuiSortDirection          SortDirection : 8;  // ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending or ImGuiSortDirection_Descending (you can use this or SortSign, whichever is more convenient for your sort function)

    ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
};

// Sorting specifications for a table (often handling sort specs for a single column, occasionally more)
// Obtained by calling TableGetSortSpecs().
// When 'SpecsDirty == true' you can sort your data. It will be true with sorting specs have changed since last call, or the first time.
// Make sure to set 'SpecsDirty = false' after sorting, else you may wastefully sort your data every frame!
struct ImGuiTableSortSpecs
{
    const ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* Specs;     // Pointer to sort spec array.
    int                         SpecsCount;     // Sort spec count. Most often 1. May be > 1 when ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti is enabled. May be == 0 when ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate is enabled.
    bool                        SpecsDirty;     // Set to true when specs have changed since last time! Use this to sort again, then clear the flag.

    ImGuiTableSortSpecs()       { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
};

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, ImColor)
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

// Helper: Unicode defines
#define IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID 0xFFFD     // Invalid Unicode code point (standard value).
#ifdef IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32
#define IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX     0x10FFFF   // Maximum Unicode code point supported by this build.
#else
#define IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX     0xFFFF     // Maximum Unicode code point supported by this build.
#endif

// Helper: Execute a block of code at maximum once a frame. Convenient if you want to quickly create an UI within deep-nested code that runs multiple times every frame.
// Usage: static ImGuiOnceUponAFrame oaf; if (oaf) ImGui::Text("This will be called only once per frame");
struct ImGuiOnceUponAFrame
{
    ImGuiOnceUponAFrame() { RefFrame = -1; }
    mutable int RefFrame;
    operator bool() const { int current_frame = ImGui::GetFrameCount(); if (RefFrame == current_frame) return false; RefFrame = current_frame; return true; }
};

// Helper: Parse and apply text filters. In format "aaaaa[,bbbb][,ccccc]"
struct ImGuiTextFilter
{
    IMGUI_API           ImGuiTextFilter(const char* default_filter = "");
    IMGUI_API bool      Draw(const char* label = "Filter (inc,-exc)", float width = 0.0f);  // Helper calling InputText+Build
    IMGUI_API bool      PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL) const;
    IMGUI_API void      Build();
    void                Clear()          { InputBuf[0] = 0; Build(); }
    bool                IsActive() const { return !Filters.empty(); }

    // [Internal]
    struct ImGuiTextRange
    {
        const char*     b;
        const char*     e;

        ImGuiTextRange()                                { b = e = NULL; }
        ImGuiTextRange(const char* _b, const char* _e)  { b = _b; e = _e; }
        bool            empty() const                   { return b == e; }
        IMGUI_API void  split(char separator, ImVector<ImGuiTextRange>* out) const;
    };
    char                    InputBuf[256];
    ImVector<ImGuiTextRange>Filters;
    int                     CountGrep;
};

// Helper: Growable text buffer for logging/accumulating text
// (this could be called 'ImGuiTextBuilder' / 'ImGuiStringBuilder')
struct ImGuiTextBuffer
{
    ImVector<char>      Buf;
    IMGUI_API static char EmptyString[1];

    ImGuiTextBuffer()   { }
    inline char         operator[](int i) const { IM_ASSERT(Buf.Data != NULL); return Buf.Data[i]; }
    const char*         begin() const           { return Buf.Data ? &Buf.front() : EmptyString; }
    const char*         end() const             { return Buf.Data ? &Buf.back() : EmptyString; }   // Buf is zero-terminated, so end() will point on the zero-terminator
    int                 size() const            { return Buf.Size ? Buf.Size - 1 : 0; }
    bool                empty() const           { return Buf.Size <= 1; }
    void                clear()                 { Buf.clear(); }
    void                reserve(int capacity)   { Buf.reserve(capacity); }
    const char*         c_str() const           { return Buf.Data ? Buf.Data : EmptyString; }
    IMGUI_API void      append(const char* str, const char* str_end = NULL);
    IMGUI_API void      appendf(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2);
    IMGUI_API void      appendfv(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2);
};

// Helper: Key->Value storage
// Typically you don't have to worry about this since a storage is held within each Window.
// We use it to e.g. store collapse state for a tree (Int 0/1)
// This is optimized for efficient lookup (dichotomy into a contiguous buffer) and rare insertion (typically tied to user interactions aka max once a frame)
// You can use it as custom user storage for temporary values. Declare your own storage if, for example:
// - You want to manipulate the open/close state of a particular sub-tree in your interface (tree node uses Int 0/1 to store their state).
// - You want to store custom debug data easily without adding or editing structures in your code (probably not efficient, but convenient)
// Types are NOT stored, so it is up to you to make sure your Key don't collide with different types.
struct ImGuiStorage
{
    // [Internal]
    struct ImGuiStoragePair
    {
        ImGuiID key;
        union { int val_i; float val_f; void* val_p; };
        ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, int _val_i)      { key = _key; val_i = _val_i; }
        ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, float _val_f)    { key = _key; val_f = _val_f; }
        ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, void* _val_p)    { key = _key; val_p = _val_p; }
    };

    ImVector<ImGuiStoragePair>      Data;

    // - Get***() functions find pair, never add/allocate. Pairs are sorted so a query is O(log N)
    // - Set***() functions find pair, insertion on demand if missing.
    // - Sorted insertion is costly, paid once. A typical frame shouldn't need to insert any new pair.
    void                Clear() { Data.clear(); }
    IMGUI_API int       GetInt(ImGuiID key, int default_val = 0) const;
    IMGUI_API void      SetInt(ImGuiID key, int val);
    IMGUI_API bool      GetBool(ImGuiID key, bool default_val = false) const;
    IMGUI_API void      SetBool(ImGuiID key, bool val);
    IMGUI_API float     GetFloat(ImGuiID key, float default_val = 0.0f) const;
    IMGUI_API void      SetFloat(ImGuiID key, float val);
    IMGUI_API void*     GetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key) const; // default_val is NULL
    IMGUI_API void      SetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key, void* val);

    // - Get***Ref() functions finds pair, insert on demand if missing, return pointer. Useful if you intend to do Get+Set.
    // - References are only valid until a new value is added to the storage. Calling a Set***() function or a Get***Ref() function invalidates the pointer.
    // - A typical use case where this is convenient for quick hacking (e.g. add storage during a live Edit&Continue session if you can't modify existing struct)
    //      float* pvar = ImGui::GetFloatRef(key); ImGui::SliderFloat("var", pvar, 0, 100.0f); some_var += *pvar;
    IMGUI_API int*      GetIntRef(ImGuiID key, int default_val = 0);
    IMGUI_API bool*     GetBoolRef(ImGuiID key, bool default_val = false);
    IMGUI_API float*    GetFloatRef(ImGuiID key, float default_val = 0.0f);
    IMGUI_API void**    GetVoidPtrRef(ImGuiID key, void* default_val = NULL);

    // Use on your own storage if you know only integer are being stored (open/close all tree nodes)
    IMGUI_API void      SetAllInt(int val);

    // For quicker full rebuild of a storage (instead of an incremental one), you may add all your contents and then sort once.
    IMGUI_API void      BuildSortByKey();
};

// Helper: Manually clip large list of items.
// If you have lots evenly spaced items and you have a random access to the list, you can perform coarse
// clipping based on visibility to only submit items that are in view.
// The clipper calculates the range of visible items and advance the cursor to compensate for the non-visible items we have skipped.
// (Dear ImGui already clip items based on their bounds but: it needs to first layout the item to do so, and generally
//  fetching/submitting your own data incurs additional cost. Coarse clipping using ImGuiListClipper allows you to easily
//  scale using lists with tens of thousands of items without a problem)
// Usage:
//   ImGuiListClipper clipper;
//   clipper.Begin(1000);         // We have 1000 elements, evenly spaced.
//   while (clipper.Step())
//       for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++)
//           ImGui::Text("line number %d", i);
// Generally what happens is:
// - Clipper lets you process the first element (DisplayStart = 0, DisplayEnd = 1) regardless of it being visible or not.
// - User code submit that one element.
// - Clipper can measure the height of the first element
// - Clipper calculate the actual range of elements to display based on the current clipping rectangle, position the cursor before the first visible element.
// - User code submit visible elements.
// - The clipper also handles various subtleties related to keyboard/gamepad navigation, wrapping etc.
struct ImGuiListClipper
{
    int             DisplayStart;       // First item to display, updated by each call to Step()
    int             DisplayEnd;         // End of items to display (exclusive)
    int             ItemsCount;         // [Internal] Number of items
    float           ItemsHeight;        // [Internal] Height of item after a first step and item submission can calculate it
    float           StartPosY;          // [Internal] Cursor position at the time of Begin() or after table frozen rows are all processed
    void*           TempData;           // [Internal] Internal data

    // items_count: Use INT_MAX if you don't know how many items you have (in which case the cursor won't be advanced in the final step)
    // items_height: Use -1.0f to be calculated automatically on first step. Otherwise pass in the distance between your items, typically GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() or GetFrameHeightWithSpacing().
    IMGUI_API ImGuiListClipper();
    IMGUI_API ~ImGuiListClipper();
    IMGUI_API void  Begin(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f);
    IMGUI_API void  End();             // Automatically called on the last call of Step() that returns false.
    IMGUI_API bool  Step();            // Call until it returns false. The DisplayStart/DisplayEnd fields will be set and you can process/draw those items.

    // Call ForceDisplayRangeByIndices() before first call to Step() if you need a range of items to be displayed regardless of visibility.
    IMGUI_API void  ForceDisplayRangeByIndices(int item_min, int item_max); // item_max is exclusive e.g. use (42, 42+1) to make item 42 always visible BUT due to alignment/padding of certain items it is likely that an extra item may be included on either end of the display range.

#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
    inline ImGuiListClipper(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f) { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); ItemsCount = -1; Begin(items_count, items_height); } // [removed in 1.79]
#endif
};

// Helpers macros to generate 32-bit encoded colors
// User can declare their own format by #defining the 5 _SHIFT/_MASK macros in their imconfig file.
#ifndef IM_COL32_R_SHIFT
#ifdef IMGUI_USE_BGRA_PACKED_COLOR
#define IM_COL32_R_SHIFT    16
#define IM_COL32_G_SHIFT    8
#define IM_COL32_B_SHIFT    0
#define IM_COL32_A_SHIFT    24
#define IM_COL32_A_MASK     0xFF000000
#else
#define IM_COL32_R_SHIFT    0
#define IM_COL32_G_SHIFT    8
#define IM_COL32_B_SHIFT    16
#define IM_COL32_A_SHIFT    24
#define IM_COL32_A_MASK     0xFF000000
#endif
#endif
#define IM_COL32(R,G,B,A)    (((ImU32)(A)<<IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) | ((ImU32)(B)<<IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) | ((ImU32)(G)<<IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) | ((ImU32)(R)<<IM_COL32_R_SHIFT))
#define IM_COL32_WHITE       IM_COL32(255,255,255,255)  // Opaque white = 0xFFFFFFFF
#define IM_COL32_BLACK       IM_COL32(0,0,0,255)        // Opaque black
#define IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS IM_COL32(0,0,0,0)          // Transparent black = 0x00000000

// Helper: ImColor() implicitly converts colors to either ImU32 (packed 4x1 byte) or ImVec4 (4x1 float)
// Prefer using IM_COL32() macros if you want a guaranteed compile-time ImU32 for usage with ImDrawList API.
// **Avoid storing ImColor! Store either u32 of ImVec4. This is not a full-featured color class. MAY OBSOLETE.
// **None of the ImGui API are using ImColor directly but you can use it as a convenience to pass colors in either ImU32 or ImVec4 formats. Explicitly cast to ImU32 or ImVec4 if needed.
struct ImColor
{
    ImVec4          Value;

    constexpr ImColor()                                             { }
    constexpr ImColor(float r, float g, float b, float a = 1.0f)    : Value(r, g, b, a) { }
    constexpr ImColor(const ImVec4& col)                            : Value(col) {}
    ImColor(int r, int g, int b, int a = 255)                       { float sc = 1.0f / 255.0f; Value.x = (float)r * sc; Value.y = (float)g * sc; Value.z = (float)b * sc; Value.w = (float)a * sc; }
    ImColor(ImU32 rgba)                                             { float sc = 1.0f / 255.0f; Value.x = (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * sc; Value.y = (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * sc; Value.z = (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * sc; Value.w = (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * sc; }
    inline operator ImU32() const                                   { return ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(Value); }
    inline operator ImVec4() const                                  { return Value; }

    // FIXME-OBSOLETE: May need to obsolete/cleanup those helpers.
    inline void    SetHSV(float h, float s, float v, float a = 1.0f){ ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(h, s, v, Value.x, Value.y, Value.z); Value.w = a; }
    static ImColor HSV(float h, float s, float v, float a = 1.0f)   { float r, g, b; ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(h, s, v, r, g, b); return ImColor(r, g, b, a); }
};

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Drawing API (ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData)
// Hold a series of drawing commands. The user provides a renderer for ImDrawData which essentially contains an array of ImDrawList.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

// The maximum line width to bake anti-aliased textures for. Build atlas with ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines to disable baking.
#ifndef IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX
#define IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX     (63)
#endif

// ImDrawCallback: Draw callbacks for advanced uses [configurable type: override in imconfig.h]
// NB: You most likely do NOT need to use draw callbacks just to create your own widget or customized UI rendering,
// you can poke into the draw list for that! Draw callback may be useful for example to:
//  A) Change your GPU render state,
//  B) render a complex 3D scene inside a UI element without an intermediate texture/render target, etc.
// The expected behavior from your rendering function is 'if (cmd.UserCallback != NULL) { cmd.UserCallback(parent_list, cmd); } else { RenderTriangles() }'
// If you want to override the signature of ImDrawCallback, you can simply use e.g. '#define ImDrawCallback MyDrawCallback' (in imconfig.h) + update rendering backend accordingly.
#ifndef ImDrawCallback
typedef void (*ImDrawCallback)(const ImDrawList* parent_list, const ImDrawCmd* cmd);
#endif

// Special Draw callback value to request renderer backend to reset the graphics/render state.
// The renderer backend needs to handle this special value, otherwise it will crash trying to call a function at this address.
// This is useful for example if you submitted callbacks which you know have altered the render state and you want it to be restored.
// It is not done by default because they are many perfectly useful way of altering render state for imgui contents (e.g. changing shader/blending settings before an Image call).
#define ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState     (ImDrawCallback)(-1)

// Typically, 1 command = 1 GPU draw call (unless command is a callback)
// - VtxOffset: When 'io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' is enabled,
//   this fields allow us to render meshes larger than 64K vertices while keeping 16-bit indices.
//   Backends made for <1.71. will typically ignore the VtxOffset fields.
// - The ClipRect/TextureId/VtxOffset fields must be contiguous as we memcmp() them together (this is asserted for).
struct ImDrawCmd
{
    ImVec4          ClipRect;           // 4*4  // Clipping rectangle (x1, y1, x2, y2). Subtract ImDrawData->DisplayPos to get clipping rectangle in "viewport" coordinates
    ImTextureID     TextureId;          // 4-8  // User-provided texture ID. Set by user in ImfontAtlas::SetTexID() for fonts or passed to Image*() functions. Ignore if never using images or multiple fonts atlas.
    unsigned int    VtxOffset;          // 4    // Start offset in vertex buffer. ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset: always 0, otherwise may be >0 to support meshes larger than 64K vertices with 16-bit indices.
    unsigned int    IdxOffset;          // 4    // Start offset in index buffer.
    unsigned int    ElemCount;          // 4    // Number of indices (multiple of 3) to be rendered as triangles. Vertices are stored in the callee ImDrawList's vtx_buffer[] array, indices in idx_buffer[].
    ImDrawCallback  UserCallback;       // 4-8  // If != NULL, call the function instead of rendering the vertices. clip_rect and texture_id will be set normally.
    void*           UserCallbackData;   // 4-8  // The draw callback code can access this.

    ImDrawCmd() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } // Also ensure our padding fields are zeroed

    // Since 1.83: returns ImTextureID associated with this draw call. Warning: DO NOT assume this is always same as 'TextureId' (we will change this function for an upcoming feature)
    inline ImTextureID GetTexID() const { return TextureId; }
};

// Vertex layout
#ifndef IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT
struct ImDrawVert
{
    ImVec2  pos;
    ImVec2  uv;
    ImU32   col;
};
#else
// You can override the vertex format layout by defining IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT in imconfig.h
// The code expect ImVec2 pos (8 bytes), ImVec2 uv (8 bytes), ImU32 col (4 bytes), but you can re-order them or add other fields as needed to simplify integration in your engine.
// The type has to be described within the macro (you can either declare the struct or use a typedef). This is because ImVec2/ImU32 are likely not declared a the time you'd want to set your type up.
// NOTE: IMGUI DOESN'T CLEAR THE STRUCTURE AND DOESN'T CALL A CONSTRUCTOR SO ANY CUSTOM FIELD WILL BE UNINITIALIZED. IF YOU ADD EXTRA FIELDS (SUCH AS A 'Z' COORDINATES) YOU WILL NEED TO CLEAR THEM DURING RENDER OR TO IGNORE THEM.
IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT;
#endif

// [Internal] For use by ImDrawList
struct ImDrawCmdHeader
{
    ImVec4          ClipRect;
    ImTextureID     TextureId;
    unsigned int    VtxOffset;
};

// [Internal] For use by ImDrawListSplitter
struct ImDrawChannel
{
    ImVector<ImDrawCmd>         _CmdBuffer;
    ImVector<ImDrawIdx>         _IdxBuffer;
};


// Split/Merge functions are used to split the draw list into different layers which can be drawn into out of order.
// This is used by the Columns/Tables API, so items of each column can be batched together in a same draw call.
struct ImDrawListSplitter
{
    int                         _Current;    // Current channel number (0)
    int                         _Count;      // Number of active channels (1+)
    ImVector<ImDrawChannel>     _Channels;   // Draw channels (not resized down so _Count might be < Channels.Size)

    inline ImDrawListSplitter()  { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
    inline ~ImDrawListSplitter() { ClearFreeMemory(); }
    inline void                 Clear() { _Current = 0; _Count = 1; } // Do not clear Channels[] so our allocations are reused next frame
    IMGUI_API void              ClearFreeMemory();
    IMGUI_API void              Split(ImDrawList* draw_list, int count);
    IMGUI_API void              Merge(ImDrawList* draw_list);
    IMGUI_API void              SetCurrentChannel(ImDrawList* draw_list, int channel_idx);
};

// Flags for ImDrawList functions
// (Legacy: bit 0 must always correspond to ImDrawFlags_Closed to be backward compatible with old API using a bool. Bits 1..3 must be unused)
enum ImDrawFlags_
{
    ImDrawFlags_None                        = 0,
    ImDrawFlags_Closed                      = 1 << 0, // PathStroke(), AddPolyline(): specify that shape should be closed (Important: this is always == 1 for legacy reason)
    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft         = 1 << 4, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): enable rounding top-left corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners). Was 0x01.
    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight        = 1 << 5, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): enable rounding top-right corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners). Was 0x02.
    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft      = 1 << 6, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): enable rounding bottom-left corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners). Was 0x04.
    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight     = 1 << 7, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): enable rounding bottom-right corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners). Wax 0x08.
    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone            = 1 << 8, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): disable rounding on all corners (when rounding > 0.0f). This is NOT zero, NOT an implicit flag!
    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop             = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight,
    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom          = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight,
    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft            = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft,
    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight           = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight,
    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll             = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight,
    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersDefault_        = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll, // Default to ALL corners if none of the _RoundCornersXX flags are specified.
    ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_           = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone,
};

// Flags for ImDrawList instance. Those are set automatically by ImGui:: functions from ImGuiIO settings, and generally not manipulated directly.
// It is however possible to temporarily alter flags between calls to ImDrawList:: functions.
enum ImDrawListFlags_
{
    ImDrawListFlags_None                    = 0,
    ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines        = 1 << 0,  // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders (*2 the number of triangles for 1.0f wide line or lines thin enough to be drawn using textures, otherwise *3 the number of triangles)
    ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex  = 1 << 1,  // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures when possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering).
    ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill         = 1 << 2,  // Enable anti-aliased edge around filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles).
    ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset          = 1 << 3,  // Can emit 'VtxOffset > 0' to allow large meshes. Set when 'ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' is enabled.
};

// Draw command list
// This is the low-level list of polygons that ImGui:: functions are filling. At the end of the frame,
// all command lists are passed to your ImGuiIO::RenderDrawListFn function for rendering.
// Each dear imgui window contains its own ImDrawList. You can use ImGui::GetWindowDrawList() to
// access the current window draw list and draw custom primitives.
// You can interleave normal ImGui:: calls and adding primitives to the current draw list.
// In single viewport mode, top-left is == GetMainViewport()->Pos (generally 0,0), bottom-right is == GetMainViewport()->Pos+Size (generally io.DisplaySize).
// You are totally free to apply whatever transformation matrix to want to the data (depending on the use of the transformation you may want to apply it to ClipRect as well!)
// Important: Primitives are always added to the list and not culled (culling is done at higher-level by ImGui:: functions), if you use this API a lot consider coarse culling your drawn objects.
struct ImDrawList
{
    // This is what you have to render
    ImVector<ImDrawCmd>     CmdBuffer;          // Draw commands. Typically 1 command = 1 GPU draw call, unless the command is a callback.
    ImVector<ImDrawIdx>     IdxBuffer;          // Index buffer. Each command consume ImDrawCmd::ElemCount of those
    ImVector<ImDrawVert>    VtxBuffer;          // Vertex buffer.
    ImDrawListFlags         Flags;              // Flags, you may poke into these to adjust anti-aliasing settings per-primitive.

    // [Internal, used while building lists]
    unsigned int            _VtxCurrentIdx;     // [Internal] generally == VtxBuffer.Size unless we are past 64K vertices, in which case this gets reset to 0.
    const ImDrawListSharedData* _Data;          // Pointer to shared draw data (you can use ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() to get the one from current ImGui context)
    const char*             _OwnerName;         // Pointer to owner window's name for debugging
    ImDrawVert*             _VtxWritePtr;       // [Internal] point within VtxBuffer.Data after each add command (to avoid using the ImVector<> operators too much)
    ImDrawIdx*              _IdxWritePtr;       // [Internal] point within IdxBuffer.Data after each add command (to avoid using the ImVector<> operators too much)
    ImVector<ImVec4>        _ClipRectStack;     // [Internal]
    ImVector<ImTextureID>   _TextureIdStack;    // [Internal]
    ImVector<ImVec2>        _Path;              // [Internal] current path building
    ImDrawCmdHeader         _CmdHeader;         // [Internal] template of active commands. Fields should match those of CmdBuffer.back().
    ImDrawListSplitter      _Splitter;          // [Internal] for channels api (note: prefer using your own persistent instance of ImDrawListSplitter!)
    float                   _FringeScale;       // [Internal] anti-alias fringe is scaled by this value, this helps to keep things sharp while zooming at vertex buffer content

    // If you want to create ImDrawList instances, pass them ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() or create and use your own ImDrawListSharedData (so you can use ImDrawList without ImGui)
    ImDrawList(const ImDrawListSharedData* shared_data) { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); _Data = shared_data; }

    ~ImDrawList() { _ClearFreeMemory(); }
    IMGUI_API void  PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect = false);  // Render-level scissoring. This is passed down to your render function but not used for CPU-side coarse clipping. Prefer using higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() to affect logic (hit-testing and widget culling)
    IMGUI_API void  PushClipRectFullScreen();
    IMGUI_API void  PopClipRect();
    IMGUI_API void  PushTextureID(ImTextureID texture_id);
    IMGUI_API void  PopTextureID();
    inline ImVec2   GetClipRectMin() const { const ImVec4& cr = _ClipRectStack.back(); return ImVec2(cr.x, cr.y); }
    inline ImVec2   GetClipRectMax() const { const ImVec4& cr = _ClipRectStack.back(); return ImVec2(cr.z, cr.w); }

    // Primitives
    // - Filled shapes must always use clockwise winding order. The anti-aliasing fringe depends on it. Counter-clockwise shapes will have "inward" anti-aliasing.
    // - For rectangular primitives, "p_min" and "p_max" represent the upper-left and lower-right corners.
    // - For circle primitives, use "num_segments == 0" to automatically calculate tessellation (preferred).
    //   In older versions (until Dear ImGui 1.77) the AddCircle functions defaulted to num_segments == 12.
    //   In future versions we will use textures to provide cheaper and higher-quality circles.
    //   Use AddNgon() and AddNgonFilled() functions if you need to guaranteed a specific number of sides.
    IMGUI_API void  AddLine(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f);
    IMGUI_API void  AddRect(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0, float thickness = 1.0f);   // a: upper-left, b: lower-right (== upper-left + size)
    IMGUI_API void  AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0);                     // a: upper-left, b: lower-right (== upper-left + size)
    IMGUI_API void  AddRectFilledMultiColor(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col_upr_left, ImU32 col_upr_right, ImU32 col_bot_right, ImU32 col_bot_left);
    IMGUI_API void  AddQuad(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f);
    IMGUI_API void  AddQuadFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col);
    IMGUI_API void  AddTriangle(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f);
    IMGUI_API void  AddTriangleFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col);
    IMGUI_API void  AddCircle(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments = 0, float thickness = 1.0f);
    IMGUI_API void  AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments = 0);
    IMGUI_API void  AddNgon(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments, float thickness = 1.0f);
    IMGUI_API void  AddNgonFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments);
    IMGUI_API void  AddText(const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL);
    IMGUI_API void  AddText(const ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL, float wrap_width = 0.0f, const ImVec4* cpu_fine_clip_rect = NULL);
    IMGUI_API void  AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness);
    IMGUI_API void  AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col);
    IMGUI_API void  AddBezierCubic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0); // Cubic Bezier (4 control points)
    IMGUI_API void  AddBezierQuadratic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0);               // Quadratic Bezier (3 control points)

    // Image primitives
    // - Read FAQ to understand what ImTextureID is.
    // - "p_min" and "p_max" represent the upper-left and lower-right corners of the rectangle.
    // - "uv_min" and "uv_max" represent the normalized texture coordinates to use for those corners. Using (0,0)->(1,1) texture coordinates will generally display the entire texture.
    IMGUI_API void  AddImage(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv_max = ImVec2(1, 1), ImU32 col = IM_COL32_WHITE);
    IMGUI_API void  AddImageQuad(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv2 = ImVec2(1, 0), const ImVec2& uv3 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec2& uv4 = ImVec2(0, 1), ImU32 col = IM_COL32_WHITE);
    IMGUI_API void  AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags = 0);

    // Stateful path API, add points then finish with PathFillConvex() or PathStroke()
    // - Filled shapes must always use clockwise winding order. The anti-aliasing fringe depends on it. Counter-clockwise shapes will have "inward" anti-aliasing.
    inline    void  PathClear()                                                 { _Path.Size = 0; }
    inline    void  PathLineTo(const ImVec2& pos)                               { _Path.push_back(pos); }
    inline    void  PathLineToMergeDuplicate(const ImVec2& pos)                 { if (_Path.Size == 0 || memcmp(&_Path.Data[_Path.Size - 1], &pos, 8) != 0) _Path.push_back(pos); }
    inline    void  PathFillConvex(ImU32 col)                                   { AddConvexPolyFilled(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col); _Path.Size = 0; }
    inline    void  PathStroke(ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags = 0, float thickness = 1.0f) { AddPolyline(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col, flags, thickness); _Path.Size = 0; }
    IMGUI_API void  PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 0);
    IMGUI_API void  PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12);                // Use precomputed angles for a 12 steps circle
    IMGUI_API void  PathBezierCubicCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments = 0); // Cubic Bezier (4 control points)
    IMGUI_API void  PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, int num_segments = 0);               // Quadratic Bezier (3 control points)
    IMGUI_API void  PathRect(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0);

    // Advanced
    IMGUI_API void  AddCallback(ImDrawCallback callback, void* callback_data);  // Your rendering function must check for 'UserCallback' in ImDrawCmd and call the function instead of rendering triangles.
    IMGUI_API void  AddDrawCmd();                                               // This is useful if you need to forcefully create a new draw call (to allow for dependent rendering / blending). Otherwise primitives are merged into the same draw-call as much as possible
    IMGUI_API ImDrawList* CloneOutput() const;                                  // Create a clone of the CmdBuffer/IdxBuffer/VtxBuffer.

    // Advanced: Channels
    // - Use to split render into layers. By switching channels to can render out-of-order (e.g. submit FG primitives before BG primitives)
    // - Use to minimize draw calls (e.g. if going back-and-forth between multiple clipping rectangles, prefer to append into separate channels then merge at the end)
    // - FIXME-OBSOLETE: This API shouldn't have been in ImDrawList in the first place!
    //   Prefer using your own persistent instance of ImDrawListSplitter as you can stack them.
    //   Using the ImDrawList::ChannelsXXXX you cannot stack a split over another.
    inline void     ChannelsSplit(int count)    { _Splitter.Split(this, count); }
    inline void     ChannelsMerge()             { _Splitter.Merge(this); }
    inline void     ChannelsSetCurrent(int n)   { _Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(this, n); }

    // Advanced: Primitives allocations
    // - We render triangles (three vertices)
    // - All primitives needs to be reserved via PrimReserve() beforehand.
    IMGUI_API void  PrimReserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count);
    IMGUI_API void  PrimUnreserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count);
    IMGUI_API void  PrimRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col);      // Axis aligned rectangle (composed of two triangles)
    IMGUI_API void  PrimRectUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, ImU32 col);
    IMGUI_API void  PrimQuadUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& d, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, const ImVec2& uv_c, const ImVec2& uv_d, ImU32 col);
    inline    void  PrimWriteVtx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& uv, ImU32 col)    { _VtxWritePtr->pos = pos; _VtxWritePtr->uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr->col = col; _VtxWritePtr++; _VtxCurrentIdx++; }
    inline    void  PrimWriteIdx(ImDrawIdx idx)                                     { *_IdxWritePtr = idx; _IdxWritePtr++; }
    inline    void  PrimVtx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& uv, ImU32 col)         { PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)_VtxCurrentIdx); PrimWriteVtx(pos, uv, col); } // Write vertex with unique index

#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
    inline    void  AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0) { AddBezierCubic(p1, p2, p3, p4, col, thickness, num_segments); } // OBSOLETED in 1.80 (Jan 2021)
    inline    void  PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments = 0) { PathBezierCubicCurveTo(p2, p3, p4, num_segments); } // OBSOLETED in 1.80 (Jan 2021)
#endif

    // [Internal helpers]
    IMGUI_API void  _ResetForNewFrame();
    IMGUI_API void  _ClearFreeMemory();
    IMGUI_API void  _PopUnusedDrawCmd();
    IMGUI_API void  _TryMergeDrawCmds();
    IMGUI_API void  _OnChangedClipRect();
    IMGUI_API void  _OnChangedTextureID();
    IMGUI_API void  _OnChangedVtxOffset();
    IMGUI_API int   _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(float radius) const;
    IMGUI_API void  _PathArcToFastEx(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_sample, int a_max_sample, int a_step);
    IMGUI_API void  _PathArcToN(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments);
};

// All draw data to render a Dear ImGui frame
// (NB: the style and the naming convention here is a little inconsistent, we currently preserve them for backward compatibility purpose,
// as this is one of the oldest structure exposed by the library! Basically, ImDrawList == CmdList)
struct ImDrawData
{
    bool            Valid;                  // Only valid after Render() is called and before the next NewFrame() is called.
    int             CmdListsCount;          // Number of ImDrawList* to render
    int             TotalIdxCount;          // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's IdxBuffer.Size
    int             TotalVtxCount;          // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's VtxBuffer.Size
    ImDrawList**    CmdLists;               // Array of ImDrawList* to render. The ImDrawList are owned by ImGuiContext and only pointed to from here.
    ImVec2          DisplayPos;             // Top-left position of the viewport to render (== top-left of the orthogonal projection matrix to use) (== GetMainViewport()->Pos for the main viewport, == (0.0) in most single-viewport applications)
    ImVec2          DisplaySize;            // Size of the viewport to render (== GetMainViewport()->Size for the main viewport, == io.DisplaySize in most single-viewport applications)
    ImVec2          FramebufferScale;       // Amount of pixels for each unit of DisplaySize. Based on io.DisplayFramebufferScale. Generally (1,1) on normal display, (2,2) on OSX with Retina display.
    ImGuiViewport*  OwnerViewport;          // Viewport carrying the ImDrawData instance, might be of use to the renderer (generally not).

    // Functions
    ImDrawData()    { Clear(); }
    void Clear()    { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }     // The ImDrawList are owned by ImGuiContext!
    IMGUI_API void  DeIndexAllBuffers();                    // Helper to convert all buffers from indexed to non-indexed, in case you cannot render indexed. Note: this is slow and most likely a waste of resources. Always prefer indexed rendering!
    IMGUI_API void  ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& fb_scale); // Helper to scale the ClipRect field of each ImDrawCmd. Use if your final output buffer is at a different scale than Dear ImGui expects, or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution.
};

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Font API (ImFontConfig, ImFontGlyph, ImFontAtlasFlags, ImFontAtlas, ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder, ImFont)
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

struct ImFontConfig
{
    void*           FontData;               //          // TTF/OTF data
    int             FontDataSize;           //          // TTF/OTF data size
    bool            FontDataOwnedByAtlas;   // true     // TTF/OTF data ownership taken by the container ImFontAtlas (will delete memory itself).
    int             FontNo;                 // 0        // Index of font within TTF/OTF file
    float           SizePixels;             //          // Size in pixels for rasterizer (more or less maps to the resulting font height).
    int             OversampleH;            // 3        // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. Note the difference between 2 and 3 is minimal so you can reduce this to 2 to save memory. Read https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/tests/oversample/README.md for details.
    int             OversampleV;            // 1        // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. This is not really useful as we don't use sub-pixel positions on the Y axis.
    bool            PixelSnapH;             // false    // Align every glyph to pixel boundary. Useful e.g. if you are merging a non-pixel aligned font with the default font. If enabled, you can set OversampleH/V to 1.
    ImVec2          GlyphExtraSpacing;      // 0, 0     // Extra spacing (in pixels) between glyphs. Only X axis is supported for now.
    ImVec2          GlyphOffset;            // 0, 0     // Offset all glyphs from this font input.
    const ImWchar*  GlyphRanges;            // NULL     // Pointer to a user-provided list of Unicode range (2 value per range, values are inclusive, zero-terminated list). THE ARRAY DATA NEEDS TO PERSIST AS LONG AS THE FONT IS ALIVE.
    float           GlyphMinAdvanceX;       // 0        // Minimum AdvanceX for glyphs, set Min to align font icons, set both Min/Max to enforce mono-space font
    float           GlyphMaxAdvanceX;       // FLT_MAX  // Maximum AdvanceX for glyphs
    bool            MergeMode;              // false    // Merge into previous ImFont, so you can combine multiple inputs font into one ImFont (e.g. ASCII font + icons + Japanese glyphs). You may want to use GlyphOffset.y when merge font of different heights.
    unsigned int    FontBuilderFlags;       // 0        // Settings for custom font builder. THIS IS BUILDER IMPLEMENTATION DEPENDENT. Leave as zero if unsure.
    float           RasterizerMultiply;     // 1.0f     // Brighten (>1.0f) or darken (<1.0f) font output. Brightening small fonts may be a good workaround to make them more readable.
    ImWchar         EllipsisChar;           // -1       // Explicitly specify unicode codepoint of ellipsis character. When fonts are being merged first specified ellipsis will be used.

    // [Internal]
    char            Name[40];               // Name (strictly to ease debugging)
    ImFont*         DstFont;

    IMGUI_API ImFontConfig();
};

// Hold rendering data for one glyph.
// (Note: some language parsers may fail to convert the 31+1 bitfield members, in this case maybe drop store a single u32 or we can rework this)
struct ImFontGlyph
{
    unsigned int    Colored : 1;        // Flag to indicate glyph is colored and should generally ignore tinting (make it usable with no shift on little-endian as this is used in loops)
    unsigned int    Visible : 1;        // Flag to indicate glyph has no visible pixels (e.g. space). Allow early out when rendering.
    unsigned int    Codepoint : 30;     // 0x0000..0x10FFFF
    float           AdvanceX;           // Distance to next character (= data from font + ImFontConfig::GlyphExtraSpacing.x baked in)
    float           X0, Y0, X1, Y1;     // Glyph corners
    float           U0, V0, U1, V1;     // Texture coordinates
};

// Helper to build glyph ranges from text/string data. Feed your application strings/characters to it then call BuildRanges().
// This is essentially a tightly packed of vector of 64k booleans = 8KB storage.
struct ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder
{
    ImVector<ImU32> UsedChars;            // Store 1-bit per Unicode code point (0=unused, 1=used)

    ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder()              { Clear(); }
    inline void     Clear()                 { int size_in_bytes = (IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX + 1) / 8; UsedChars.resize(size_in_bytes / (int)sizeof(ImU32)); memset(UsedChars.Data, 0, (size_t)size_in_bytes); }
    inline bool     GetBit(size_t n) const  { int off = (int)(n >> 5); ImU32 mask = 1u << (n & 31); return (UsedChars[off] & mask) != 0; }  // Get bit n in the array
    inline void     SetBit(size_t n)        { int off = (int)(n >> 5); ImU32 mask = 1u << (n & 31); UsedChars[off] |= mask; }               // Set bit n in the array
    inline void     AddChar(ImWchar c)      { SetBit(c); }                      // Add character
    IMGUI_API void  AddText(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL);     // Add string (each character of the UTF-8 string are added)
    IMGUI_API void  AddRanges(const ImWchar* ranges);                           // Add ranges, e.g. builder.AddRanges(ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesDefault()) to force add all of ASCII/Latin+Ext
    IMGUI_API void  BuildRanges(ImVector<ImWchar>* out_ranges);                 // Output new ranges
};

// See ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectXXX functions.
struct ImFontAtlasCustomRect
{
    unsigned short  Width, Height;  // Input    // Desired rectangle dimension
    unsigned short  X, Y;           // Output   // Packed position in Atlas
    unsigned int    GlyphID;        // Input    // For custom font glyphs only (ID < 0x110000)
    float           GlyphAdvanceX;  // Input    // For custom font glyphs only: glyph xadvance
    ImVec2          GlyphOffset;    // Input    // For custom font glyphs only: glyph display offset
    ImFont*         Font;           // Input    // For custom font glyphs only: target font
    ImFontAtlasCustomRect()         { Width = Height = 0; X = Y = 0xFFFF; GlyphID = 0; GlyphAdvanceX = 0.0f; GlyphOffset = ImVec2(0, 0); Font = NULL; }
    bool IsPacked() const           { return X != 0xFFFF; }
};

// Flags for ImFontAtlas build
enum ImFontAtlasFlags_
{
    ImFontAtlasFlags_None               = 0,
    ImFontAtlasFlags_NoPowerOfTwoHeight = 1 << 0,   // Don't round the height to next power of two
    ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors     = 1 << 1,   // Don't build software mouse cursors into the atlas (save a little texture memory)
    ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines       = 1 << 2,   // Don't build thick line textures into the atlas (save a little texture memory, allow support for point/nearest filtering). The AntiAliasedLinesUseTex features uses them, otherwise they will be rendered using polygons (more expensive for CPU/GPU).
};

// Load and rasterize multiple TTF/OTF fonts into a same texture. The font atlas will build a single texture holding:
//  - One or more fonts.
//  - Custom graphics data needed to render the shapes needed by Dear ImGui.
//  - Mouse cursor shapes for software cursor rendering (unless setting 'Flags |= ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors' in the font atlas).
// It is the user-code responsibility to setup/build the atlas, then upload the pixel data into a texture accessible by your graphics api.
//  - Optionally, call any of the AddFont*** functions. If you don't call any, the default font embedded in the code will be loaded for you.
//  - Call GetTexDataAsAlpha8() or GetTexDataAsRGBA32() to build and retrieve pixels data.
//  - Upload the pixels data into a texture within your graphics system (see imgui_impl_xxxx.cpp examples)
//  - Call SetTexID(my_tex_id); and pass the pointer/identifier to your texture in a format natural to your graphics API.
//    This value will be passed back to you during rendering to identify the texture. Read FAQ entry about ImTextureID for more details.
// Common pitfalls:
// - If you pass a 'glyph_ranges' array to AddFont*** functions, you need to make sure that your array persist up until the
//   atlas is build (when calling GetTexData*** or Build()). We only copy the pointer, not the data.
// - Important: By default, AddFontFromMemoryTTF() takes ownership of the data. Even though we are not writing to it, we will free the pointer on destruction.
//   You can set font_cfg->FontDataOwnedByAtlas=false to keep ownership of your data and it won't be freed,
// - Even though many functions are suffixed with "TTF", OTF data is supported just as well.
// - This is an old API and it is currently awkward for those and and various other reasons! We will address them in the future!
struct ImFontAtlas
{
    IMGUI_API ImFontAtlas();
    IMGUI_API ~ImFontAtlas();
    IMGUI_API ImFont*           AddFont(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg);
    IMGUI_API ImFont*           AddFontDefault(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL);
    IMGUI_API ImFont*           AddFontFromFileTTF(const char* filename, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL);
    IMGUI_API ImFont*           AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* font_data, int font_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // Note: Transfer ownership of 'ttf_data' to ImFontAtlas! Will be deleted after destruction of the atlas. Set font_cfg->FontDataOwnedByAtlas=false to keep ownership of your data and it won't be freed.
    IMGUI_API ImFont*           AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(const void* compressed_font_data, int compressed_font_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // 'compressed_font_data' still owned by caller. Compress with binary_to_compressed_c.cpp.
    IMGUI_API ImFont*           AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(const char* compressed_font_data_base85, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL);              // 'compressed_font_data_base85' still owned by caller. Compress with binary_to_compressed_c.cpp with -base85 parameter.
    IMGUI_API void              ClearInputData();           // Clear input data (all ImFontConfig structures including sizes, TTF data, glyph ranges, etc.) = all the data used to build the texture and fonts.
    IMGUI_API void              ClearTexData();             // Clear output texture data (CPU side). Saves RAM once the texture has been copied to graphics memory.
    IMGUI_API void              ClearFonts();               // Clear output font data (glyphs storage, UV coordinates).
    IMGUI_API void              Clear();                    // Clear all input and output.

    // Build atlas, retrieve pixel data.
    // User is in charge of copying the pixels into graphics memory (e.g. create a texture with your engine). Then store your texture handle with SetTexID().
    // The pitch is always = Width * BytesPerPixels (1 or 4)
    // Building in RGBA32 format is provided for convenience and compatibility, but note that unless you manually manipulate or copy color data into
    // the texture (e.g. when using the AddCustomRect*** api), then the RGB pixels emitted will always be white (~75% of memory/bandwidth waste.
    IMGUI_API bool              Build();                    // Build pixels data. This is called automatically for you by the GetTexData*** functions.
    IMGUI_API void              GetTexDataAsAlpha8(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_width, int* out_height, int* out_bytes_per_pixel = NULL);  // 1 byte per-pixel
    IMGUI_API void              GetTexDataAsRGBA32(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_width, int* out_height, int* out_bytes_per_pixel = NULL);  // 4 bytes-per-pixel
    bool                        IsBuilt() const             { return Fonts.Size > 0 && TexReady; } // Bit ambiguous: used to detect when user didn't built texture but effectively we should check TexID != 0 except that would be backend dependent...
    void                        SetTexID(ImTextureID id)    { TexID = id; }

    //-------------------------------------------
    // Glyph Ranges
    //-------------------------------------------

    // Helpers to retrieve list of common Unicode ranges (2 value per range, values are inclusive, zero-terminated list)
    // NB: Make sure that your string are UTF-8 and NOT in your local code page. In C++11, you can create UTF-8 string literal using the u8"Hello world" syntax. See FAQ for details.
    // NB: Consider using ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder to build glyph ranges from textual data.
    IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesDefault();                // Basic Latin, Extended Latin
    IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesKorean();                 // Default + Korean characters
    IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesJapanese();               // Default + Hiragana, Katakana, Half-Width, Selection of 2999 Ideographs
    IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesChineseFull();            // Default + Half-Width + Japanese Hiragana/Katakana + full set of about 21000 CJK Unified Ideographs
    IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesChineseSimplifiedCommon();// Default + Half-Width + Japanese Hiragana/Katakana + set of 2500 CJK Unified Ideographs for common simplified Chinese
    IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesCyrillic();               // Default + about 400 Cyrillic characters
    IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesThai();                   // Default + Thai characters
    IMGUI_API const ImWchar*    GetGlyphRangesVietnamese();             // Default + Vietnamese characters

    //-------------------------------------------
    // [BETA] Custom Rectangles/Glyphs API
    //-------------------------------------------

    // You can request arbitrary rectangles to be packed into the atlas, for your own purposes.
    // - After calling Build(), you can query the rectangle position and render your pixels.
    // - If you render colored output, set 'atlas->TexPixelsUseColors = true' as this may help some backends decide of prefered texture format.
    // - You can also request your rectangles to be mapped as font glyph (given a font + Unicode point),
    //   so you can render e.g. custom colorful icons and use them as regular glyphs.
    // - Read docs/FONTS.md for more details about using colorful icons.
    // - Note: this API may be redesigned later in order to support multi-monitor varying DPI settings.
    IMGUI_API int               AddCustomRectRegular(int width, int height);
    IMGUI_API int               AddCustomRectFontGlyph(ImFont* font, ImWchar id, int width, int height, float advance_x, const ImVec2& offset = ImVec2(0, 0));
    ImFontAtlasCustomRect*      GetCustomRectByIndex(int index) { IM_ASSERT(index >= 0); return &CustomRects[index]; }

    // [Internal]
    IMGUI_API void              CalcCustomRectUV(const ImFontAtlasCustomRect* rect, ImVec2* out_uv_min, ImVec2* out_uv_max) const;
    IMGUI_API bool              GetMouseCursorTexData(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor, ImVec2* out_offset, ImVec2* out_size, ImVec2 out_uv_border[2], ImVec2 out_uv_fill[2]);

    //-------------------------------------------
    // Members
    //-------------------------------------------

    ImFontAtlasFlags            Flags;              // Build flags (see ImFontAtlasFlags_)
    ImTextureID                 TexID;              // User data to refer to the texture once it has been uploaded to user's graphic systems. It is passed back to you during rendering via the ImDrawCmd structure.
    int                         TexDesiredWidth;    // Texture width desired by user before Build(). Must be a power-of-two. If have many glyphs your graphics API have texture size restrictions you may want to increase texture width to decrease height.
    int                         TexGlyphPadding;    // Padding between glyphs within texture in pixels. Defaults to 1. If your rendering method doesn't rely on bilinear filtering you may set this to 0 (will also need to set AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = false).
    bool                        Locked;             // Marked as Locked by ImGui::NewFrame() so attempt to modify the atlas will assert.

    // [Internal]
    // NB: Access texture data via GetTexData*() calls! Which will setup a default font for you.
    bool                        TexReady;           // Set when texture was built matching current font input
    bool                        TexPixelsUseColors; // Tell whether our texture data is known to use colors (rather than just alpha channel), in order to help backend select a format.
    unsigned char*              TexPixelsAlpha8;    // 1 component per pixel, each component is unsigned 8-bit. Total size = TexWidth * TexHeight
    unsigned int*               TexPixelsRGBA32;    // 4 component per pixel, each component is unsigned 8-bit. Total size = TexWidth * TexHeight * 4
    int                         TexWidth;           // Texture width calculated during Build().
    int                         TexHeight;          // Texture height calculated during Build().
    ImVec2                      TexUvScale;         // = (1.0f/TexWidth, 1.0f/TexHeight)
    ImVec2                      TexUvWhitePixel;    // Texture coordinates to a white pixel
    ImVector<ImFont*>           Fonts;              // Hold all the fonts returned by AddFont*. Fonts[0] is the default font upon calling ImGui::NewFrame(), use ImGui::PushFont()/PopFont() to change the current font.
    ImVector<ImFontAtlasCustomRect> CustomRects;    // Rectangles for packing custom texture data into the atlas.
    ImVector<ImFontConfig>      ConfigData;         // Configuration data
    ImVec4                      TexUvLines[IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX + 1];  // UVs for baked anti-aliased lines

    // [Internal] Font builder
    const ImFontBuilderIO*      FontBuilderIO;      // Opaque interface to a font builder (default to stb_truetype, can be changed to use FreeType by defining IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE).
    unsigned int                FontBuilderFlags;   // Shared flags (for all fonts) for custom font builder. THIS IS BUILD IMPLEMENTATION DEPENDENT. Per-font override is also available in ImFontConfig.

    // [Internal] Packing data
    int                         PackIdMouseCursors; // Custom texture rectangle ID for white pixel and mouse cursors
    int                         PackIdLines;        // Custom texture rectangle ID for baked anti-aliased lines

    // [Obsolete]
    //typedef ImFontAtlasCustomRect    CustomRect;         // OBSOLETED in 1.72+
    //typedef ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder GlyphRangesBuilder; // OBSOLETED in 1.67+
};

// Font runtime data and rendering
// ImFontAtlas automatically loads a default embedded font for you when you call GetTexDataAsAlpha8() or GetTexDataAsRGBA32().
struct ImFont
{
    // Members: Hot ~20/24 bytes (for CalcTextSize)
    ImVector<float>             IndexAdvanceX;      // 12-16 // out //            // Sparse. Glyphs->AdvanceX in a directly indexable way (cache-friendly for CalcTextSize functions which only this this info, and are often bottleneck in large UI).
    float                       FallbackAdvanceX;   // 4     // out // = FallbackGlyph->AdvanceX
    float                       FontSize;           // 4     // in  //            // Height of characters/line, set during loading (don't change after loading)

    // Members: Hot ~28/40 bytes (for CalcTextSize + render loop)
    ImVector<ImWchar>           IndexLookup;        // 12-16 // out //            // Sparse. Index glyphs by Unicode code-point.
    ImVector<ImFontGlyph>       Glyphs;             // 12-16 // out //            // All glyphs.
    const ImFontGlyph*          FallbackGlyph;      // 4-8   // out // = FindGlyph(FontFallbackChar)

    // Members: Cold ~32/40 bytes
    ImFontAtlas*                ContainerAtlas;     // 4-8   // out //            // What we has been loaded into
    const ImFontConfig*         ConfigData;         // 4-8   // in  //            // Pointer within ContainerAtlas->ConfigData
    short                       ConfigDataCount;    // 2     // in  // ~ 1        // Number of ImFontConfig involved in creating this font. Bigger than 1 when merging multiple font sources into one ImFont.
    ImWchar                     FallbackChar;       // 2     // out // = FFFD/'?' // Character used if a glyph isn't found.
    ImWchar                     EllipsisChar;       // 2     // out // = '...'    // Character used for ellipsis rendering.
    ImWchar                     DotChar;            // 2     // out // = '.'      // Character used for ellipsis rendering (if a single '...' character isn't found)
    bool                        DirtyLookupTables;  // 1     // out //
    float                       Scale;              // 4     // in  // = 1.f      // Base font scale, multiplied by the per-window font scale which you can adjust with SetWindowFontScale()
    float                       Ascent, Descent;    // 4+4   // out //            // Ascent: distance from top to bottom of e.g. 'A' [0..FontSize]
    int                         MetricsTotalSurface;// 4     // out //            // Total surface in pixels to get an idea of the font rasterization/texture cost (not exact, we approximate the cost of padding between glyphs)
    ImU8                        Used4kPagesMap[(IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX+1)/4096/8]; // 2 bytes if ImWchar=ImWchar16, 34 bytes if ImWchar==ImWchar32. Store 1-bit for each block of 4K codepoints that has one active glyph. This is mainly used to facilitate iterations across all used codepoints.

    // Methods
    IMGUI_API ImFont();
    IMGUI_API ~ImFont();
    IMGUI_API const ImFontGlyph*FindGlyph(ImWchar c) const;
    IMGUI_API const ImFontGlyph*FindGlyphNoFallback(ImWchar c) const;
    float                       GetCharAdvance(ImWchar c) const     { return ((int)c < IndexAdvanceX.Size) ? IndexAdvanceX[(int)c] : FallbackAdvanceX; }
    bool                        IsLoaded() const                    { return ContainerAtlas != NULL; }
    const char*                 GetDebugName() const                { return ConfigData ? ConfigData->Name : "<unknown>"; }

    // 'max_width' stops rendering after a certain width (could be turned into a 2d size). FLT_MAX to disable.
    // 'wrap_width' enable automatic word-wrapping across multiple lines to fit into given width. 0.0f to disable.
    IMGUI_API ImVec2            CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL, const char** remaining = NULL) const; // utf8
    IMGUI_API const char*       CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width) const;
    IMGUI_API void              RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, ImWchar c) const;
    IMGUI_API void              RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width = 0.0f, bool cpu_fine_clip = false) const;

    // [Internal] Don't use!
    IMGUI_API void              BuildLookupTable();
    IMGUI_API void              ClearOutputData();
    IMGUI_API void              GrowIndex(int new_size);
    IMGUI_API void              AddGlyph(const ImFontConfig* src_cfg, ImWchar c, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float u0, float v0, float u1, float v1, float advance_x);
    IMGUI_API void              AddRemapChar(ImWchar dst, ImWchar src, bool overwrite_dst = true); // Makes 'dst' character/glyph points to 'src' character/glyph. Currently needs to be called AFTER fonts have been built.
    IMGUI_API void              SetGlyphVisible(ImWchar c, bool visible);
    IMGUI_API bool              IsGlyphRangeUnused(unsigned int c_begin, unsigned int c_last);
};

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Viewports
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

// Flags stored in ImGuiViewport::Flags, giving indications to the platform backends.
enum ImGuiViewportFlags_
{
    ImGuiViewportFlags_None                     = 0,
    ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformWindow         = 1 << 0,   // Represent a Platform Window
    ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformMonitor        = 1 << 1,   // Represent a Platform Monitor (unused yet)
    ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp               = 1 << 2,   // Platform Window: is created/managed by the application (rather than a dear imgui backend)
    ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration             = 1 << 3,   // Platform Window: Disable platform decorations: title bar, borders, etc. (generally set all windows, but if ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsDecoration is set we only set this on popups/tooltips)
    ImGuiViewportFlags_NoTaskBarIcon            = 1 << 4,   // Platform Window: Disable platform task bar icon (generally set on popups/tooltips, or all windows if ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsNoTaskBarIcon is set)
    ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing       = 1 << 5,   // Platform Window: Don't take focus when created.
    ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnClick           = 1 << 6,   // Platform Window: Don't take focus when clicked on.
    ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs                 = 1 << 7,   // Platform Window: Make mouse pass through so we can drag this window while peaking behind it.
    ImGuiViewportFlags_NoRendererClear          = 1 << 8,   // Platform Window: Renderer doesn't need to clear the framebuffer ahead (because we will fill it entirely).
    ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost                  = 1 << 9,   // Platform Window: Display on top (for tooltips only).
    ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized                = 1 << 10,  // Platform Window: Window is minimized, can skip render. When minimized we tend to avoid using the viewport pos/size for clipping window or testing if they are contained in the viewport.
    ImGuiViewportFlags_NoAutoMerge              = 1 << 11,  // Platform Window: Avoid merging this window into another host window. This can only be set via ImGuiWindowClass viewport flags override (because we need to now ahead if we are going to create a viewport in the first place!).
    ImGuiViewportFlags_CanHostOtherWindows      = 1 << 12,  // Main viewport: can host multiple imgui windows (secondary viewports are associated to a single window).
};

// - Currently represents the Platform Window created by the application which is hosting our Dear ImGui windows.
// - With multi-viewport enabled, we extend this concept to have multiple active viewports.
// - In the future we will extend this concept further to also represent Platform Monitor and support a "no main platform window" operation mode.
// - About Main Area vs Work Area:
//   - Main Area = entire viewport.
//   - Work Area = entire viewport minus sections used by main menu bars (for platform windows), or by task bar (for platform monitor).
//   - Windows are generally trying to stay within the Work Area of their host viewport.
struct ImGuiViewport
{
    ImGuiID             ID;                     // Unique identifier for the viewport
    ImGuiViewportFlags  Flags;                  // See ImGuiViewportFlags_
    ImVec2              Pos;                    // Main Area: Position of the viewport (Dear ImGui coordinates are the same as OS desktop/native coordinates)
    ImVec2              Size;                   // Main Area: Size of the viewport.
    ImVec2              WorkPos;                // Work Area: Position of the viewport minus task bars, menus bars, status bars (>= Pos)
    ImVec2              WorkSize;               // Work Area: Size of the viewport minus task bars, menu bars, status bars (<= Size)
    float               DpiScale;               // 1.0f = 96 DPI = No extra scale.
    ImGuiID             ParentViewportId;       // (Advanced) 0: no parent. Instruct the platform backend to setup a parent/child relationship between platform windows.
    ImDrawData*         DrawData;               // The ImDrawData corresponding to this viewport. Valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame().

    // Platform/Backend Dependent Data
    // Our design separate the Renderer and Platform backends to facilitate combining default backends with each others.
    // When our create your own backend for a custom engine, it is possible that both Renderer and Platform will be handled
    // by the same system and you may not need to use all the UserData/Handle fields.
    // The library never uses those fields, they are merely storage to facilitate backend implementation.
    void*               RendererUserData;       // void* to hold custom data structure for the renderer (e.g. swap chain, framebuffers etc.). generally set by your Renderer_CreateWindow function.
    void*               PlatformUserData;       // void* to hold custom data structure for the OS / platform (e.g. windowing info, render context). generally set by your Platform_CreateWindow function.
    void*               PlatformHandle;         // void* for FindViewportByPlatformHandle(). (e.g. suggested to use natural platform handle such as HWND, GLFWWindow*, SDL_Window*)
    void*               PlatformHandleRaw;      // void* to hold lower-level, platform-native window handle (under Win32 this is expected to be a HWND, unused for other platforms), when using an abstraction layer like GLFW or SDL (where PlatformHandle would be a SDL_Window*)
    bool                PlatformRequestMove;    // Platform window requested move (e.g. window was moved by the OS / host window manager, authoritative position will be OS window position)
    bool                PlatformRequestResize;  // Platform window requested resize (e.g. window was resized by the OS / host window manager, authoritative size will be OS window size)
    bool                PlatformRequestClose;   // Platform window requested closure (e.g. window was moved by the OS / host window manager, e.g. pressing ALT-F4)

    ImGuiViewport()     { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
    ~ImGuiViewport()    { IM_ASSERT(PlatformUserData == NULL && RendererUserData == NULL); }

    // Helpers
    ImVec2              GetCenter() const       { return ImVec2(Pos.x + Size.x * 0.5f, Pos.y + Size.y * 0.5f); }
    ImVec2              GetWorkCenter() const   { return ImVec2(WorkPos.x + WorkSize.x * 0.5f, WorkPos.y + WorkSize.y * 0.5f); }
};

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Platform Dependent Interfaces (for e.g. multi-viewport support)
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [BETA] (Optional) This is completely optional, for advanced users!
// If you are new to Dear ImGui and trying to integrate it into your engine, you can probably ignore this for now.
//
// This feature allows you to seamlessly drag Dear ImGui windows outside of your application viewport.
// This is achieved by creating new Platform/OS windows on the fly, and rendering into them.
// Dear ImGui manages the viewport structures, and the backend create and maintain one Platform/OS window for each of those viewports.
//
// See Glossary https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary for details about some of the terminology.
// See Thread https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1542 for gifs, news and questions about this evolving feature.
//
// About the coordinates system:
// - When multi-viewports are enabled, all Dear ImGui coordinates become absolute coordinates (same as OS coordinates!)
// - So e.g. ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(0,0)) will position a window relative to your primary monitor!
// - If you want to position windows relative to your main application viewport, use ImGui::GetMainViewport()->Pos as a base position.
//
// Steps to use multi-viewports in your application, when using a default backend from the examples/ folder:
// - Application:  Enable feature with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable'.
// - Backend:      The backend initialization will setup all necessary ImGuiPlatformIO's functions and update monitors info every frame.
// - Application:  In your main loop, call ImGui::UpdatePlatformWindows(), ImGui::RenderPlatformWindowsDefault() after EndFrame() or Render().
// - Application:  Fix absolute coordinates used in ImGui::SetWindowPos() or ImGui::SetNextWindowPos() calls.
//
// Steps to use multi-viewports in your application, when using a custom backend:
// - Important:    THIS IS NOT EASY TO DO and comes with many subtleties not described here!
//                 It's also an experimental feature, so some of the requirements may evolve.
//                 Consider using default backends if you can. Either way, carefully follow and refer to examples/ backends for details.
// - Application:  Enable feature with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable'.
// - Backend:      Hook ImGuiPlatformIO's Platform_* and Renderer_* callbacks (see below).
//                 Set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_PlatformHasViewports' and 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_PlatformHasViewports'.
//                 Update ImGuiPlatformIO's Monitors list every frame.
//                 Update MousePos every frame, in absolute coordinates.
// - Application:  In your main loop, call ImGui::UpdatePlatformWindows(), ImGui::RenderPlatformWindowsDefault() after EndFrame() or Render().
//                 You may skip calling RenderPlatformWindowsDefault() if its API is not convenient for your needs. Read comments below.
// - Application:  Fix absolute coordinates used in ImGui::SetWindowPos() or ImGui::SetNextWindowPos() calls.
//
// About ImGui::RenderPlatformWindowsDefault():
// - This function is a mostly a _helper_ for the common-most cases, and to facilitate using default backends.
// - You can check its simple source code to understand what it does.
//   It basically iterates secondary viewports and call 4 functions that are setup in ImGuiPlatformIO, if available:
//     Platform_RenderWindow(), Renderer_RenderWindow(), Platform_SwapBuffers(), Renderer_SwapBuffers()
//   Those functions pointers exists only for the benefit of RenderPlatformWindowsDefault().
// - If you have very specific rendering needs (e.g. flipping multiple swap-chain simultaneously, unusual sync/threading issues, etc.),
//   you may be tempted to ignore RenderPlatformWindowsDefault() and write customized code to perform your renderingg.
//   You may decide to setup the platform_io's *RenderWindow and *SwapBuffers pointers and call your functions through those pointers,
//   or you may decide to never setup those pointers and call your code directly. They are a convenience, not an obligatory interface.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

// (Optional) Access via ImGui::GetPlatformIO()
struct ImGuiPlatformIO
{
    //------------------------------------------------------------------
    // Input - Backend interface/functions + Monitor List
    //------------------------------------------------------------------

    // (Optional) Platform functions (e.g. Win32, GLFW, SDL2)
    // For reference, the second column shows which function are generally calling the Platform Functions:
    //   N = ImGui::NewFrame()                        ~ beginning of the dear imgui frame: read info from platform/OS windows (latest size/position)
    //   F = ImGui::Begin(), ImGui::EndFrame()        ~ during the dear imgui frame
    //   U = ImGui::UpdatePlatformWindows()           ~ after the dear imgui frame: create and update all platform/OS windows
    //   R = ImGui::RenderPlatformWindowsDefault()    ~ render
    //   D = ImGui::DestroyPlatformWindows()          ~ shutdown
    // The general idea is that NewFrame() we will read the current Platform/OS state, and UpdatePlatformWindows() will write to it.
    //
    // The functions are designed so we can mix and match 2 imgui_impl_xxxx files, one for the Platform (~window/input handling), one for Renderer.
    // Custom engine backends will often provide both Platform and Renderer interfaces and so may not need to use all functions.
    // Platform functions are typically called before their Renderer counterpart, apart from Destroy which are called the other way.

    // Platform function --------------------------------------------------- Called by -----
    void    (*Platform_CreateWindow)(ImGuiViewport* vp);                    // . . U . .  // Create a new platform window for the given viewport
    void    (*Platform_DestroyWindow)(ImGuiViewport* vp);                   // N . U . D  //
    void    (*Platform_ShowWindow)(ImGuiViewport* vp);                      // . . U . .  // Newly created windows are initially hidden so SetWindowPos/Size/Title can be called on them before showing the window
    void    (*Platform_SetWindowPos)(ImGuiViewport* vp, ImVec2 pos);        // . . U . .  // Set platform window position (given the upper-left corner of client area)
    ImVec2  (*Platform_GetWindowPos)(ImGuiViewport* vp);                    // N . . . .  //
    void    (*Platform_SetWindowSize)(ImGuiViewport* vp, ImVec2 size);      // . . U . .  // Set platform window client area size (ignoring OS decorations such as OS title bar etc.)
    ImVec2  (*Platform_GetWindowSize)(ImGuiViewport* vp);                   // N . . . .  // Get platform window client area size
    void    (*Platform_SetWindowFocus)(ImGuiViewport* vp);                  // N . . . .  // Move window to front and set input focus
    bool    (*Platform_GetWindowFocus)(ImGuiViewport* vp);                  // . . U . .  //
    bool    (*Platform_GetWindowMinimized)(ImGuiViewport* vp);              // N . . . .  // Get platform window minimized state. When minimized, we generally won't attempt to get/set size and contents will be culled more easily
    void    (*Platform_SetWindowTitle)(ImGuiViewport* vp, const char* str); // . . U . .  // Set platform window title (given an UTF-8 string)
    void    (*Platform_SetWindowAlpha)(ImGuiViewport* vp, float alpha);     // . . U . .  // (Optional) Setup global transparency (not per-pixel transparency)
    void    (*Platform_UpdateWindow)(ImGuiViewport* vp);                    // . . U . .  // (Optional) Called by UpdatePlatformWindows(). Optional hook to allow the platform backend from doing general book-keeping every frame.
    void    (*Platform_RenderWindow)(ImGuiViewport* vp, void* render_arg);  // . . . R .  // (Optional) Main rendering (platform side! This is often unused, or just setting a "current" context for OpenGL bindings). 'render_arg' is the value passed to RenderPlatformWindowsDefault().
    void    (*Platform_SwapBuffers)(ImGuiViewport* vp, void* render_arg);   // . . . R .  // (Optional) Call Present/SwapBuffers (platform side! This is often unused!). 'render_arg' is the value passed to RenderPlatformWindowsDefault().
    float   (*Platform_GetWindowDpiScale)(ImGuiViewport* vp);               // N . . . .  // (Optional) [BETA] FIXME-DPI: DPI handling: Return DPI scale for this viewport. 1.0f = 96 DPI.
    void    (*Platform_OnChangedViewport)(ImGuiViewport* vp);               // . F . . .  // (Optional) [BETA] FIXME-DPI: DPI handling: Called during Begin() every time the viewport we are outputting into changes, so backend has a chance to swap fonts to adjust style.
    int     (*Platform_CreateVkSurface)(ImGuiViewport* vp, ImU64 vk_inst, const void* vk_allocators, ImU64* out_vk_surface); // (Optional) For a Vulkan Renderer to call into Platform code (since the surface creation needs to tie them both).

    // (Optional) Renderer functions (e.g. DirectX, OpenGL, Vulkan)
    void    (*Renderer_CreateWindow)(ImGuiViewport* vp);                    // . . U . .  // Create swap chain, frame buffers etc. (called after Platform_CreateWindow)
    void    (*Renderer_DestroyWindow)(ImGuiViewport* vp);                   // N . U . D  // Destroy swap chain, frame buffers etc. (called before Platform_DestroyWindow)
    void    (*Renderer_SetWindowSize)(ImGuiViewport* vp, ImVec2 size);      // . . U . .  // Resize swap chain, frame buffers etc. (called after Platform_SetWindowSize)
    void    (*Renderer_RenderWindow)(ImGuiViewport* vp, void* render_arg);  // . . . R .  // (Optional) Clear framebuffer, setup render target, then render the viewport->DrawData. 'render_arg' is the value passed to RenderPlatformWindowsDefault().
    void    (*Renderer_SwapBuffers)(ImGuiViewport* vp, void* render_arg);   // . . . R .  // (Optional) Call Present/SwapBuffers. 'render_arg' is the value passed to RenderPlatformWindowsDefault().

    // (Optional) Monitor list
    // - Updated by: app/backend. Update every frame to dynamically support changing monitor or DPI configuration.
    // - Used by: dear imgui to query DPI info, clamp popups/tooltips within same monitor and not have them straddle monitors.
    ImVector<ImGuiPlatformMonitor>  Monitors;

    //------------------------------------------------------------------
    // Output - List of viewports to render into platform windows
    //------------------------------------------------------------------

    // Viewports list (the list is updated by calling ImGui::EndFrame or ImGui::Render)
    // (in the future we will attempt to organize this feature to remove the need for a "main viewport")
    ImVector<ImGuiViewport*>        Viewports;                              // Main viewports, followed by all secondary viewports.
    ImGuiPlatformIO()               { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }     // Zero clear
};

// (Optional) This is required when enabling multi-viewport. Represent the bounds of each connected monitor/display and their DPI.
// We use this information for multiple DPI support + clamping the position of popups and tooltips so they don't straddle multiple monitors.
struct ImGuiPlatformMonitor
{
    ImVec2  MainPos, MainSize;      // Coordinates of the area displayed on this monitor (Min = upper left, Max = bottom right)
    ImVec2  WorkPos, WorkSize;      // Coordinates without task bars / side bars / menu bars. Used to avoid positioning popups/tooltips inside this region. If you don't have this info, please copy the value for MainPos/MainSize.
    float   DpiScale;               // 1.0f = 96 DPI
    ImGuiPlatformMonitor()          { MainPos = MainSize = WorkPos = WorkSize = ImVec2(0, 0); DpiScale = 1.0f; }
};

// (Optional) Support for IME (Input Method Editor) via the io.SetPlatformImeDataFn() function.
struct ImGuiPlatformImeData
{
    bool    WantVisible;        // A widget wants the IME to be visible
    ImVec2  InputPos;           // Position of the input cursor
    float   InputLineHeight;    // Line height

    ImGuiPlatformImeData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
};

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// [SECTION] Obsolete functions and types
// (Will be removed! Read 'API BREAKING CHANGES' section in imgui.cpp for details)
// Please keep your copy of dear imgui up to date! Occasionally set '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' in imconfig.h to stay ahead.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

namespace ImGui
{
#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
    IMGUI_API int       GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key);  // map ImGuiKey_* values into legacy native key index. == io.KeyMap[key]
#else
    static inline int   GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key)   { IM_ASSERT(key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END && "ImGuiKey and native_index was merged together and native_index is disabled by IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO. Please switch to ImGuiKey."); return key; }
#endif
}

#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
namespace ImGui
{
    // OBSOLETED in 1.88 (from May 2022)
    static inline void  CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool want_capture_keyboard = true)   { SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(want_capture_keyboard); } // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value.
    static inline void  CaptureMouseFromApp(bool want_capture_mouse = true)         { SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(want_capture_mouse); }       // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value.
    // OBSOLETED in 1.86 (from November 2021)
    IMGUI_API void      CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end); // Calculate coarse clipping for large list of evenly sized items. Prefer using ImGuiListClipper.
    // OBSOLETED in 1.85 (from August 2021)
    static inline float GetWindowContentRegionWidth()                               { return GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetWindowContentRegionMin().x; }
    // OBSOLETED in 1.81 (from February 2021)
    IMGUI_API bool      ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); // Helper to calculate size from items_count and height_in_items
    static inline bool  ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0))         { return BeginListBox(label, size); }
    static inline void  ListBoxFooter() { EndListBox(); }
    // OBSOLETED in 1.79 (from August 2020)
    static inline void  OpenPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiMouseButton mb = 1)    { OpenPopupOnItemClick(str_id, mb); } // Bool return value removed. Use IsWindowAppearing() in BeginPopup() instead. Renamed in 1.77, renamed back in 1.79. Sorry!
    // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020)
    // Old drag/sliders functions that took a 'float power = 1.0' argument instead of flags.
    // For shared code, you can version check at compile-time with `#if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 17704`.
    IMGUI_API bool      DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power);
    IMGUI_API bool      DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power);
    static inline bool  DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power)    { return DragScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); }
    static inline bool  DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); }
    static inline bool  DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); }
    static inline bool  DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); }
    IMGUI_API bool      SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power);
    IMGUI_API bool      SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power);
    static inline bool  SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power)                 { return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); }
    static inline bool  SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power)              { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); }
    static inline bool  SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power)              { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); }
    static inline bool  SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power)              { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); }
    // OBSOLETED in 1.77 (from June 2020)
    static inline bool  BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id, ImGuiMouseButton mb, bool over_items) { return BeginPopupContextWindow(str_id, mb | (over_items ? 0 : ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems)); }

    // Some of the older obsolete names along with their replacement (commented out so they are not reported in IDE)
    //static inline void  TreeAdvanceToLabelPos()               { SetCursorPosX(GetCursorPosX() + GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); }   // OBSOLETED in 1.72 (from July 2019)
    //static inline void  SetNextTreeNodeOpen(bool open, ImGuiCond cond = 0) { SetNextItemOpen(open, cond); }                       // OBSOLETED in 1.71 (from June 2019)
    //static inline float GetContentRegionAvailWidth()          { return GetContentRegionAvail().x; }                               // OBSOLETED in 1.70 (from May 2019)
    //static inline ImDrawList* GetOverlayDrawList()            { return GetForegroundDrawList(); }                                 // OBSOLETED in 1.69 (from Mar 2019)
    //static inline void  SetScrollHere(float ratio = 0.5f)     { SetScrollHereY(ratio); }                                          // OBSOLETED in 1.66 (from Nov 2018)
    //static inline bool  IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange()        { return IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(); }                            // OBSOLETED in 1.63 (from Aug 2018)
    //static inline bool  IsAnyWindowFocused()                  { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow); }            // OBSOLETED in 1.60 (from Apr 2018)
    //static inline bool  IsAnyWindowHovered()                  { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow); }            // OBSOLETED in 1.60 (between Dec 2017 and Apr 2018)
    //static inline void  ShowTestWindow()                      { return ShowDemoWindow(); }                                        // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017)
    //static inline bool  IsRootWindowFocused()                 { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow); }           // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017)
    //static inline bool  IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused()       { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows); }  // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017)
    //static inline void  SetNextWindowContentWidth(float w)    { SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); }                      // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017)
    //static inline float GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing()       { return GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(); }                             // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017)
}

// OBSOLETED in 1.82 (from Mars 2021): flags for AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), AddImageRounded(), PathRect()
typedef ImDrawFlags ImDrawCornerFlags;
enum ImDrawCornerFlags_
{
    ImDrawCornerFlags_None      = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone,         // Was == 0 prior to 1.82, this is now == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone which is != 0 and not implicit
    ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft   = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft,      // Was == 0x01 (1 << 0) prior to 1.82. Order matches ImDrawFlags_NoRoundCorner* flag (we exploit this internally).
    ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight  = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight,     // Was == 0x02 (1 << 1) prior to 1.82.
    ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft   = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft,   // Was == 0x04 (1 << 2) prior to 1.82.
    ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight  = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight,  // Was == 0x08 (1 << 3) prior to 1.82.
    ImDrawCornerFlags_All       = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll,          // Was == 0x0F prior to 1.82
    ImDrawCornerFlags_Top       = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight,
    ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot       = ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight,
    ImDrawCornerFlags_Left      = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft,
    ImDrawCornerFlags_Right     = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight,
};

// RENAMED ImGuiKeyModFlags -> ImGuiModFlags in 1.88 (from April 2022)
typedef int ImGuiKeyModFlags;
enum ImGuiKeyModFlags_ { ImGuiKeyModFlags_None = ImGuiModFlags_None, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Ctrl = ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Shift = ImGuiModFlags_Shift, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Alt = ImGuiModFlags_Alt, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Super = ImGuiModFlags_Super };

#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS

// RENAMED IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW > IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS in 1.88 (from June 2022)
#if defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS)
#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
#endif
#if defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS)
#error IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW was renamed to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS, please use new name.
#endif

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#if defined(__clang__)
#pragma clang diagnostic pop
#elif defined(__GNUC__)
#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
#endif

#ifdef _MSC_VER
#pragma warning (pop)
#endif

// Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h (convenient for user to only explicitly include vanilla imgui.h)
#ifdef IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_H
#include "imgui_user.h"
#endif

#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE